Home

PGI Compiler Reference Manual

1. Fortran Type C C Type Size bytes CHARACTER n x char x n n REAL x float x 4 float x 4 REAL 8 x double x 8 DOUBLE PRECISION x double x 8 INTEGER x int x 4 INTEGER 1 x signed char x 1 INTEGER 2 x short x 2 INTEGER 4 x int x 4 INTEGER 8 x long long x 8 LOGICAL x int x 4 LOGICAL 1 x char x 1 LOGICAL 2 x short x 2 LOGICAL 4 x int x 4 LOGICAL 8 x long long x 8 The PGI Compiler User s Guide contains a table that provides the Fortran and C C representation of the COMPLEX type Table 5 18 Fortran and C C Representation of the COMPLEX Type Fortran Type lower case C C Type Size bytes complex x struct float r i x 8 float complex x 8 complex 8 x struct float 1 1 x 8 float complex x 8 140 Chapter 5 Run time Environment Fortran Type lower case C C Type Size bytes double complex x struct double dr di x 16 double complex x 16 complex 16 x struct double dr di x 16 double complex x 16 Note For C C the complex type implies C99 or later Arrays For a number of reasons inter language function mixing is not recommended for arrays other than single dimensional arrays and square two dimensional arrays e C C arrays and Fortran arrays use different default initial array index values By default C C arrays start at 0 and Fortran arrays start at 1 However a Fortran array can be
2. program or application Table 2 2 PGI Debug Related Compiler Options Option Description C Fortran only Generates code to check array bounds c Instrument the generated executable to perform array bounds checking at runtime E Stops after the preprocessing phase and displays the preprocessed file on the standard output flagcheck Simply return zero status if flags are correct flags Display valid driver options g Includes debugging information in the object module gopt Includes debugging information in the object module but forces assembly code generation identical to that obtained when gopt is not present on the command line K lt flag gt Requests special compilation semantics with regard to conformance to IEEE 754 keeplnk If the compiler generates a temporary indirect file for a long linker command preserves the temporary file instead of deleting it M lt peflag gt Selects variations for code generation and optimization Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference pion Bescon Mprof time Instrument the generated executable to produce a gprof style gmon out sample based profiling trace file qp is also supported and is equivalent pc lt val gt tp px p5 p6 piii targets only Set precision globally for x87 floating point calculations must be used when compiling the main program lt val gt may be one of 32 64 or 80 no traceback Adds
3. Routine Result Description erfc REAL Computes the complementary error function of X where X is Real etime REAL 4 Returns the elapsed time in seconds since the start of program execution exit None Immediately terminates the program and passes a status to the parent process fdate STRING Returns the current date and time as an ASCII string ffrac REAL 4 Returns the fractional accuracy of a REAL 4 floating point value feetc INTEGER 4 Gets a character or word from an input stream Returns the next byte or and integer flmax REAL 4 Returns the maximum positive REAL 4 floating point value flmin REAL 4 Returns the minimum positive REAL 4 floating point value flush None Writes the output to a logical unit fputc INTEGER 4 Writes a character or word from an input stream to a logical unit Returns 0 if successful or an error free None Frees memory previously allocated by MALLOC Intended for users compiling legacy code Use DEALLOCATE for newer code fseek INTEGER 4 Repositions the file pointer associated with the specified file Returns 0 if successful 1 otherwise fseek64 INTEGER 4 Repositions the file pointer associated with the specified stream Returns 0 if successful 1 otherwise fstat INTEGER 4 Returns file status information about the referenced open file or shared memory object fstat64 INTEGER 4 Returns information in a 64 bit structure about the referenced open file or shared memory object ftell INTEGER 4 Ret
4. Enables large 2 megabyte pages to be allocated The effect is to reduce the number of TLB entries required to execute a program This option is most effective on Barcelona and Core 2 systems older architectures do not have enough TLB entries for this option to be beneficial By itself the huge suboption tries to allocate as many huge pages as required huge lt n gt Link the huge page runtime library and allocate n huge pages Use this suboption to limit the number of huge pages allocated to n You can also limit the pages allocated by using the environment variable PG1_HUGE_PAGES Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference hugebss 64 bit only Puts the BSS section in huge pages attempts to put a program s uninitialized data section into huge pages Note This flag dynamically links the library 1ibhuget 1lbfs_pgi even if Bstatic is used nohuge Overrides a previous Msmartalloc huge setting Tip To be effective this switch must be specified when compiling the file containing the Fortran C or C main program M no stddef instructs the compiler not to predefine any macros to the preprocessor when compiling a C program Mnostdinc instructs the compiler to not search the standard location for include files Mnostdlib instructs the linker not to link in the standard libraries Libpgftnrtl a libm a libc a and libpgc a in the library directory 1ib within the standard directory You can
5. S163 lt reserved message number gt S164 Overlapping data initializations of An attempt was made to data initialize a variable or array element already initialized S165 appeared more than once as a subprogram A subprogram name appeared more than once in the source file The message is applicable only when an assembly file is the output of the compiler S166 cannot be a common block and a subprogram A name appeared as a common block name and a subprogram name The message is applicable only when an assembly file is the output of the compiler Chapter 9 Messages 1167 Inconsistent size of common block A common block occurs in more than one subprogram of a source file and its size is not identical The maximum size is chosen The message is applicable only when an assembly file is the output of the compiler S168 Incompatible size of common block A common block occurs in more than one subprogram of a source file and is initialized in one subprogram Its initialized size was found to be less than its size in the other subprogram s The message is applicable only when an assembly file is the output of the compiler W169 Multiple data initializations of common block A common block is initialized in more than one subprogram of a source file Only the first set of initializations apply The message is applicable only when an assembly file is the output of the compiler W170 PGI Fortran extension Use of a nonstandard featu
6. main lt func gt specify a function to appear as a global entry point may appear multiple times disables linking rsqrt Perform reciprocal square root 1 sqrt using relaxed precision 87 M Options by Category no pfo enable profile feedback information The nopfo option is valid only immediately following the inline suboption Mipa inline nopfo tells IPA to ignore PFO information when deciding what functions to inline if PFO information is available no ptr enable pointer disambiguation across procedure calls The default is noptr no pure pure function detection The default is nopure required return an error condition if IPA is inhibited for any reason rather than the default behavior of linking without IPA optimization no reshape enables or disables Fortran inline with mismatched array shapes Valid only immediately following the inline suboption safe lt function gt lt library gt declares that the named function or all functions in the named library are safe a safe procedure does not call back into the known procedures and does not change any known global variables Without Mipa safe any unknown procedures will cause IPA to fail no safeall declares that all unknown procedures are safe see Mipa safe The default is nosafeall no shape perform Fortran 90 array shape propagation The default is noshape summary only collect IPA summary information when compiling this prevents IPA
7. Command Line Options Reference If the called function is prototyped the unused bits of a register containing a char or short parameter are undefined and the called function must extend the sign of the unused bits when needed Calling Assembly Language Programs The following example shows a C program calling an assembly language routine sum_3 Example 5 1 C Program Calling an Assembly language Routine File testmain c main long 1_paral 0x3 800000 a oaraz 1 0 double d_para3 0 5 close dE EELEUIO extern float sum_3 long paral float para2 double para3 E idsubisa Sum 3 Il joeieciil E our el jeaizels p printf Parameter one type long 08x1n 1_paral printf Parameter two type float f n f_para2 printf Parameter three type double g n d_para3 printf The sum after conversion fin f_return o Piles sum S3 Computes paral para2 paras qa align 4 long ENl1 sum_3 0xc8000000 align 16 globl sum_3 sum_3 pushl Sebp movl esp Sebp subl 8 esp o o HNL e fildl 8 Sebp fadds 12 Sebp faddl 16 ebp fstps 4 Sebp flds 4 Sebp addl 8 esp leave Let type sum_3 function size sum_3 sum_3 121 Linux86 64 Programming Model Linux86 64 Programming Model This section defines compiler and assembly language conventions for the use of certain aspects of an x64 processor running a linux86 64 operating system These standards
8. Interprets DOUBLE PRECISION variables as REAL r4 or interprets REAL variables as DOUBLE PRECISION 18 Usage In this example the double precision variables are interpreted as REAL S jOCHOrcicain r l MNVIOIeOG 5 iE Description Interpret DOUBLE PRECISION variables as REAL r4 or REAL variables as DOUBLE PRECISION r8 45 Generic PGI Compiler Options Related options i2 i4 i8 nor8 IC Specifies the name of the driver startup configuration file If the file or pathname supplied is not a full pathname the path for the configuration file loaded is relative to the DRIVER path the path of the currently executing driver If a full pathname is supplied that file is used for the driver configuration file Syntax rc path filename Where path is either a relative pathname relative to the value of DRIVER or a full pathname beginning with Filename is the driver configuration file Default The driver uses the configuration file pgirc Usage In the following example the file pgfortranrctest relative to usr pgi linux86 bin the value of DRIVER is the driver configuration file S epre rei ie JOJEQIAELCIMACLSSE MIADIAD E Description Use this option to specify the name of the driver startup configuration file If the file or pathname supplied is not a full pathname the path for the configuration file loaded is relative to the DRIVER path the path of the currently executing driver If a full
9. cannot be used as a function S090 Hollerith constant more than 4 characters In certain contexts Hollerith constants may not be more than 4 characters long S091 Constant expression of wrong data type S092 Illegal use of variable length character expression A character expression used as an actual argument or in certain contexts within I O statements must not consist of a concatenation involving a passed length character variable W093 Type conversion of expression performed An expression of some data type appears in a context which requires an expression of some other data type The compiler generates code to convert the expression into the required type Chapter 9 Messages S094 Variable is of wrong data type The indicated variable is used in a context which requires a variable of some other data type S095 Expression has wrong data type An expression of some data type appears in a context which requires an expression of some other data type S096 Illegal complex comparison The relations IT GT GE and LE are not allowed for complex values S097 Statement label has been defined more than once More than one statement with the indicated statement number occurs in the subprogram S098 Divide by zero S099 Illegal use of Aggregate record references may only appear in aggregate assignment statements unformatted I O statements and as parameters to subprograms They may not appear for example in expressions
10. _ The Portland Group i ID 132831549 PGI Compiler Reference Manual Copyright 2013 NVIDIA Corporation All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America First printing Release 2011 11 0 December 2010 Second Printing Release 2011 11 1 January 2011 Third Printing Release 2011 11 3 March 2011 Fourth Printing Release 2011 11 4 April 2011 Fifth Printing Release 2011 11 5 May 2011 Sixth Printing Release 2012 12 1 January 2012 Seventh Printing Release 2012 12 6 June 2012 Eighth Printing Release 2012 12 9 September 2012 Ninth Printing Release 2013 13 1 January 2013 Tenth Printing Release 2013 13 2 February 2013 Eleventh Printing Release 2013 13 3 March 2013 Twelfth Printing Release 2013 13 8 August 2013 Technical support trs pgroup com Sales sales pgroup com Web www pgroup com Contents A na a patent ma irra Tutus aaa a a a m ie xiii Audience Description ii aii xiii Compatibility and Conformance to Standards oooncnnoncnnoninccnonnnonconoconononcnnnroncnoncon ono no no nonn ninos xiii DIGAMOS A A A RA Mengde nee xiv Hardware and Software Constraints sccccssscsesscesecssesneccseseacessceneesesnaesseseaeeeacenseesesnaesnaeeas XV Conventions ida XV Related Publications 53 g isisiieavhieniis ds xvii 1 Fortran C and C Data Types ins 1 F ttran Data Types ead ei E E E E N T O A amas 1 Fortran SCABIES aeea aaa Pan a a a aa A Ea aes E 1 FORTRAN 77 Agg
11. pgcpp only Enable disable the display of a message indicating that a precompiled header file was created or used preinclude lt filename gt pgcpp only Specify file to be included at the beginning of compilation so you can set system dependent macros types and so on t Control instantiation of template functions EDG option use_pch filename pgcpp only Use a precompiled header file of the specified name as part of the current compilation no_ Jusing_std pgcpp only Enable disable implicit use of the std namespace when standard header files are included X pgcpp only Allow in names Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Generic PGI Compiler Options The following descriptions are for all the PGI options For easy reference the options are arranged in alphabetical order For a list of options by tasks refer to the tables in the beginning of this chapter Displays the invocations of the compiler assembler and linker Default The compiler does not display individual phase invocations Usage The following command line requests verbose invocation information pgfortran prog f Description The option displays the invocations of the compiler assembler and linker These invocations are command lines created by the driver from your command line input and the default value Related options Minfo V v HHH Displays the invocations of the com
12. where A is a derived type array and B is a member array is not allowed a section subscript may appear after A or after B but not both S456 Unimplemented for data type for MATMUL S457 Illegal expression in initialization S458 Argument to NULL must be a pointer S459 Target of NULL assignment must be a pointer S460 ELEMENTAL procedures cannot be RECURSIVE S461 Dummy arguements of ELEMENATAL procedures must be scalar S462 Arguments and return values of ELEMENATAL procedures cannot have the POINTER attribute S463 Arguments of ELEMENATAL procedures cannot be procedures S464 An ELEMENTAL procedure cannot be passed as argument 217 Fortran Run time Error Messages Fortran Run time Error Messages This section presents the error messages generated by the run time system The run time system displays error messages on standard output Message Format The messages are numbered but have no severity indicators because they all terminate program execution Message List 218 Here are the run time error messages 201 illegal value for specifier An improper specifier value has been passed to an I O run time routine Example within an OPEN statement form unknown 202 conflicting specifiers Conflicting specifiers have been passed to an I O run time routine Example within an OPEN statement form unformatted blank null 203 record length must be specified A recl specifier required for an T
13. xmm3 d Implementing a Stack In general compilers and programmers must maintain a software stack The stack pointer register rsp is set by the operating system for the application when the program is started The stack must grow downwards from high addresses A separate frame pointer enables calls to routines that change the stack pointer to allocate space on the stack at run time e g alloca Some languages can also return values from a routine allocated on stack space below the original top of stack pointer Such a routine prevents the calling function from using rsp relative 136 Chapter 5 Run time Environment addressing to get at values on the stack If the compiler does not call routines that leave rsp in an altered state when they return a frame pointer is not needed and is not used if the compiler option Mno frame is specified The stack must always be 16 byte aligned except within the prolog and within leaf functions Variable Length Parameter Lists Parameter passing in registers can handle a variable number of parameters The C language uses a special method to access variable count parameters The stdarg h and varargs h files define several functions to access these parameters A C routine with variable parameters must use the va_start macro to set up a data structure before the parameters can be used The va_arg macro must be used to access the successive parameters For unprototyped functions or
14. 1 414 12 ebp 1 16 ebp word 0 2 998e10 20 ebp word 1 2 998e10 24 ebp 119 Linux86 and Win32 Programming Model Structure and Union Arguments Structures and unions can have byte halfword or word alignment depending on the constituents An argument s size is increased if necessary to make it a multiple of words This size increase may require tail padding depending on the size of the argument Structure and union arguments are pushed onto the stack in the same manner as integral arguments This process provides call by value semantics letting the called function modify its arguments without affecting the calling function s object In the following example the argument s is a structure consisting of more than 2 words Table 5 6 Structure and Union Arguments Call Argument Stack Address i 1 s 8 ebp word 0 s 12 ebp word 1 s 16 ebp Implementing a Stack In general compilers and programmers must maintain a software stack Register esp is the stack pointer Register esp is set by the operating system for the application when the program is started The stack must be a grow down stack A separate frame pointer enables calls to routines that change the stack pointer to allocate space on the stack at run time e g alloca Some languages can also return values from a routine allocated on stack space below the original top of stack pointer Such a routine prevents the calling
15. 213 is not a NAMELIST group name S214 Input item is not a variable reference S215 Assumed sized array name cannot be used as an I O item or specifier An assumed size array was used as an item to be read or written or as an I O specifier i e FMT array name In these contexts the size of the array must be known S216 STRUCTURE UNION cannot be used as an I O item S217 ENCODE DECODE buffer must be a variable array or array element S218 Statement labeled S219 lt reserved message number gt S220 Redefining predefined macro S221 elif after else A preprocessor elif directive was found after a else directive only endif is allowed in this context S222 else after else A preprocessor else directive was found after a else directive only endif is allowed in this context S223 if directives too deeply nested Preprocessor if directive nesting exceeded the maximum allowed currently 10 S224 Actual parameters too long for The total length of the parameters in a macro call to the indicated macro exceeded the maximum allowed currently 2048 W225 Argument mismatch for The number of arguments supplied in the call to the indicated macro did not agree with the number of parameters in the macro s definition F226 Can t find include file The indicated include file could not be opened S227 Definition too long for The length of the macro definition of the indicated macro exceeded the maximum allowed cu
16. Fortran Compiler Error Messages 202 S148 Reference to required An aggregate reference to a record was expected during statement compilation but another data type was found instead S149 Record where arithmetic value required An aggregate record reference was encountered when an arithmetic expression was expected S150 Structure Record derived type or member not allowed in this context A structure record or member reference was found in a context which is not supported For example the use of structures records or members within a data statement is disallowed S151 Empty TYPE STRUCTURE UNION or MAP TYPE ENDTYPE STRUCTURE ENDSTRUCTURE UNION ENDUNION MAP ENDMAP declaration contains no members S152 All dimension specifiers must be 153 Array objects are not conformable 154 DISTRIBUTE target must be a processor 155 S156 Number of colons and triplets must be equal in ALIGN with 157 Illegal subscript use of ALIGN dummy 158 Alternate return not specified in SUBROUTINE or ENTRY An alternate return can only be used if alternate return specifiers appeared in the SUBROUTINE or ENTRY statements S159 Alternate return illegal in FUNCTION subprogram An alternate return cannot be used in a FUNCTION S160 ENDSTRUCTURE ENDUNION or ENDMAP does not match top S161 Vector subscript must be rank one array W162 Not equal test of loop control variable replaced with lt or gt test
17. GetCompressedFileSize GetConsoleAlias GetConsoleAliasesLength GetConsoleAliasExesLength GetConsoleCursorInfo GetConsoleFontSize GetConsoleOutputCP GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo ExitProcess ExpandEnvironmentStrings FatalExit FileTimeToLocalFileTime FillConsoleOutputAttribute FindActCtxSectionGuid FindAtom FindCloseChangeNotification FindFirstFile FindFirstVolume FindNextChangeNotification FindNextVolume FindResource FindVolumeClose FlsAlloc FlsGetValue FlushConsoleInputBuffer FlushInstructionCache FormatMessage FreeEnvironmentStrings FreeLibraryAndExitThread FreeUserPhysicalPages GetAtomName GetCommandLine GetCommMask GetCommProperties GetCommTimeouts GetComputerName GetConsoleAliases GetConsoleAliasExes GetConsoleCP GetConsoleDisplayMode GetConsoleMode GetConsoleProcessList GetConsoleSelectionInfo GetConsoleTitle GetCurrentActCtx GetCurrentDirectory GetCurrentProcessId GetCurrentThread GetDefaultCommConfig GetDiskFreeSpace GetDllDirectory GetEnvironmentStrings GetExitCodeProcess GetFileAttributes GetFileInformationByHandle GetFileSizeEx GetFileType GetFullPathName GetLargePageMinimum GetLastError GetLogicalDrives GetLogicalProcessorInformation GetMailslotInfo GetModuleHandle GetNamedPipeHandleState Ge Ge GetNumaProcessorNode e NativeSystemInfo NumaHighestNodeNumber GetNumberOfConsoleMouseButtons GetPriorityClass GetPrivateProfileSection GetPrivateProfileString GetPro
18. Overrides the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages Default The compiler does not override normal error severity Usage In the following example the compiler overrides the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages S pgcpp diag_suppress error_tag prog cc Description Use this option to override the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages The message s may be specified using a mnemonic error tag or using an error number Related options diag_error tag diag_remark tag diag_warning tag diag_error_number diag_warning tag pgcpp only Overrides the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages Default The compiler does not override normal error severity Usage In the following example the compiler overrides the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages pgcpp diag_suppress an_error_tag myprog cc Description Use this option to override the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages The message s may be specified using a mnemonic error tag or using an error number Related options diag_error tag diag_remark tag diag_suppress tag diag_error_number display_error_number pgcpp only Displays the error message number in any diagnostic messages that are generated The option may be used to determine the error number to be used when overriding the severity of a diagnostic message Default The compi
19. SetViewportExtEx SetWindowOrgEx StartDoc StretchDIBits SwapBuffers TransparentBlt UpdatelCMRegKey welCreateLayerContext welGetCurrentContext welGetProcAddress welSetLayerPaletteEntries welSwapMultipleBuffers WidenPath These are the functions that kerne132 includes ActivateActCtx AddConsoleAlias AddVectoredContinueHandler AllocateUserPhysicalPages AreFileApisANSI AttachConsole BackupSeek Beep BindloCompletionCallback BuildCommDCBAndTimeouts CancelDeviceWakeupRequest CancelTimerQueueTimer CheckNameLegalDOS8Dot3 166 SetMapperFlags SetMiterLimit SetPixelFormat SetRectRgn SetSystemPaletteUse SetTextColor SetViewportOrgEx SetWinMetaFileBits StartPage StrokeAndFillPath TextOut UnrealizeObject welCopyContext welDeleteContext welGetCurrentDC welMakeCurrent welShareLists welUseFontBitmaps AddAtom AddRefActCtx AddVectoredExceptionHandler AllocConsole AssignProcessToJobObject BackupRead BackupWrite BeginUpdateResource BuildCommDCB CallNamedPipe Cancello CancelWaitableTimer CheckRemoteDebuggerPresent ClearCommBreak CloseHandle CompareFileTime ContinueDebugEvent ConvertThreadToFiber CopyFile CreateActCtx CreateDirectory CreateEvent CreateFiberEx CreateFileMapping CreateloCompletionPort CreateJobSet CreateMemoryResourceNotification CreateNamedPipe CreateProcess CreateSemaphore CreateThread CreateTimerQueueTimer DeactivateActCtx DebugActiveProcessStop DebugBreakProcess DecodePointer Defi
20. The C C compilers do not append the PGF90 PGF95 PGFORTRAN runtime libraries to the link line Usage In the following example a c main program is linked with an object file compiled with pgfortran pgec main c my 95 o pgt 90libs Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to append PGF90 PGF95 PGFORTRAN runtime libraries to the link line Related options pgcpplibs pgf77libs R lt directory gt Linux only Instructs the linker to hard code the pathname lt directory gt into the search path for generated shared object dynamically linked library files Note There cannot be a space between R and lt directory gt Usage In the following example at runtime the a out executable searches the specified directory in this case home Joe myso for shared objects pgfortran Rm home Joe myso myprog f Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to pass information to the linker to hard code the pathname lt directory gt into the search path for shared object dynamically linked library files Related options fpic shared G Linux only Creates a relocatable object file Default The compiler does not create a relocatable object file and does not use the r option Usage In this example pgfortran creates a relocatable object file S gront ren ie moro de Description Use this option to create a relocatable object file Related options c o s u r4 and r8
21. XMM registers and x87 registers are global to all procedures in a running program 192 Chapter 5 Run time Environment Table 5 13 Register Allocation Type Name Purpose General rax return value register rbx callee saved YYCX pass 1st argument to functions rdx pass 2nd argument to functions rsp stack pointer rbp callee saved optional stack frame pointer rsi callee saved rdi callee saved r8 pass 3rd argument to functions r9 pass 4th argument to functions r10 r11 temporary registers used in syscall sysret instructions r12 r15 callee saved registers XMM xmm0 pass 1st floating point argument return value register xmm1 pass 2nd floating point argument xmm2 pass 3rd floating point argument xmm3 pass 4th floating point argument xmm 4 xmm5 temporary registers xmm6 xmm15 callee saved registers In addition to the registers each function has a frame on the run time stack This stack grows downward from high addresses Table 5 14 shows the stack frame organization Table 5 14 Standard Stack Frame Position Contents Frame 8n 120 rbp argument eightbyte n previous 80 rbp argument eightbyte 5 88 rbp 19 home 96 rbp r8 home 104 rbp rdx home 112 rbp rcx home 120 rbp return address current 128 rbp caller s rbp 133 Win64 Programming Model 134 Position Contents
22. _mm_maddsub_pd _mm_msubadd_ps _mm_msub_sd _mm_nmacc_ss _mm256_extractf128_pd _mm256_permute_pd _mm256_permute2f128_ps mm256_blend_ps _mm256_cmp_pd mm256_round_ps _mm256_insertf128_si256 189 190 Chapter 9 Messages This chapter describes the various messages that the compiler produces These messages include the sign on message and diagnostic messages for remarks warnings and errors The compiler always displays any error messages along with the erroneous source line on the screen If you specify the Mlist option the compiler places any error messages in the listing file You can also use the v option to display more information about the compiler assembler and linker invocations and about the host system For more information on the Mlist and v options refer to Using Command Line Options in the PGI Compiler User s Guide Diagnostic Messages Diagnostic messages provide syntactic and semantic information about your source text Syntactic information includes information such as syntax errors Semantic information includes information such as unreachable code You can specify that the compiler displays error messages at a certain level with the Minform option The compiler messages refer to a severity level a message number and the line number where the error occurs The compiler can also display internal error messages on standard error If your compilation produces any internal errors contact The
23. _mm_packs_epi32 _mm_packus_epil6 _mm_unpackhi_epi8 _mm_unpackhi_epil6 _mm_unpackhi_epi32 _mm_unpackhi_epi64 _mm_unpacklo_epi8 _mm_unpacklo_epil6 _mm_unpacklo_epi32 _mm_unpacklo_epi64 _mm_add_epi8 _mm_add_epil6 _mm_add_epi32 _mm_add_epi64 _mm_adds_epi8 _mm_cmpeq_epi32 _mm_cmplt_epi8 _mm_cmplt_epil6 _mm_cmplt_epi32 _mm_cmpgt_epis _mm_cmpet_epil6 _mm_srl_epil6 _mm_cmpgt_epi32 _mm_max_epil6 _mm_max_epus _mm_min_epil6 _mm_min_epus _mm_movemask_epi8 _mm_mulhi_epul6 _mm_maskmoveu_sil28 _mm_avg_epus Chapter 8 C C MMX SSE Inline Intrinsics _mm_max_sd _mm_set_epil6 _mm_adds_epil6 _mm_avg_epul6 _mm_and_pd _mm_set_epi8 _mm_adds_epu8 _mm_sad_epu8 _mm_andnot_pd _mm_setl_epi64 _mm_adds_epul 6 _mm_stream_si32 _mm_or_pd _mm_setl_epi32 _mm_sub_epi8 _mm_stream_sil28 _mm_xor_pd _mm_setl_epi64x _mm_sub_epil6 _mm_stream_pd _mm_cmpeq_pd _mm_setl_epil6 _mm_sub_epi32 _mm_movpi64_epi64 _mm_cmplt_pd _mm_setl_epi8 _mm_sub_epi64 _mm_lIfence _mm_cmple_pd _mm_setr_epi64 _mm_subs_epi8 _mm_mfence _mm_cmpet_pd _mm_setr_epi32 _mm_subs_epil6 _mm_cvtsi32_sil28 _mm_cmpge_pd _mm_setr_epil6 _mm_subs_epu8 _mm_cvtsi64x_sil28 _mm_cmpneq_pd _mm_setr_epi8 _mm_subs_epul6 _mm_cvtsil28_si32 _mm_cmpnilt_pd _mm_cvtepi32_pd _mm_madd_epil6 _mm_cvtsil28_si64x _mm_cmpnle_pd _mm_cvtepi32_ps _mm_mulhi_epil6 _mm_srli_sil28 _mm_cmpnet_pd _mm_cvtpd_epi32 _mm_mullo_epil6 _mm_slli_sil28 _mm_cmpnge_pd _mm_cvtpd_pi32 _mm_mul_su32 _mm_shuffle_pd _mm_cmpord_pd _mm_cvtpd_p
24. cncall pragma 105 Command line Options 9 31 17 HHH 17 p 66 A 58 a 59 alias 59 B 60 b 60 b3 60 Bdynamic 17 Bstatic 18 Bstatic_pgi 18 Build related 9 byteswapio 19 C 19 c 20 cfront_2 1 61 cfront_3 0 61 compress_names 62 create_pch 62 d 20 D 20 Debug related 12 13 13 diag_error 62 diag_remark 62 diag_suppress 63 diag_warning 63 display_error_number 63 dryrun 21 21 dynamiclib 22 E 22 e 64 F 22 fast 23 fastsse 23 flagcheck 23 flags 23 fpic 24 fPIC 24 G 24 g 24 877libs 25 Generic PGI options 17 gnu_extensions 64 64 65 gopt 25 help 25 L 27 i2 i4 and i8 28 keeplnk 29 Kflag 28 L 30 1 30 221 m 31 M 65 Mallocatable 77 Manno 94 Masmkeyword 75 Mbackslash 77 Mbounds 94 Mbyteswapio 94 Mcache_align 83 Mchkfpstk 94 Mchkptr 94 Mchkstk 94 Mconcur 84 Mcpp 95 Mcray 85 Mcuda 78 MD 65 Mdaz 70 Mdclchk 80 Mdefaultunit 80 Mdepchk 85 Mdlines 80 Mdll 95 Mdollar 75 80 Mdse 85 Mdwarf1 70 70 Mdwarf2 70 Mdwarf3 70 Mextend 80 Mextract 82 Mfcon 75 75 Mfixed 80 Mflushz 70 Mfpapprox 85 Mfpmisalign 85 Mfprelaxed 85 Mfree 80 Mfunc32 71 Mgccbugs 95 95 Mi4 86 Minfo 96 Minform 97 97 Minline 82 Minstrument 71 Miomutex 80 Mipa 86 222 Mkeepasm 98 Mlarge_
25. 01 Level one specifies local optimization Scheduling of basic blocks is performed Register allocation is performed 0 When no level is specified level two global optimizations are performed including traditional scalar optimizations induction recognition and loop invariant motion No SIMD vectorization is enabled 02 Level two specifies global optimization This level performs all level one local optimization as well as level two global optimization described in O In addition more advanced optimizations such as SIMD code generation cache alignment and partial redundancy elimination are enabled 03 Level three specifies aggressive global optimization This level performs all level one and level two optimizations and enables more aggressive hoisting and scalar replacement optimizations that may or may not be profitable Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference 04 Level four performs all level one level two and level three optimizations and enables hoisting of guarded invariant floating point expressions Table 2 8 shows the interaction between the o option g option Mvect and Mconcur options Table 2 8 Optimization and O g Mvect and Mconcur Options Optimize Option Debug Option M Option Optimization Level none none none 1 none none Mvect 2 none none Mconcur 2 none g none 0 0 none or g none 2 Olevel none or g none level Olevel lt 2 none
26. 100 w wtw y w 1 Z y w nit 2 pt 0 Goto 100 C now w is just big enough that w 1 w 1 gt 1 aera end In this case where the variables are implicitly real 4 operations are performed on the floating point stack where optimization removes unnecessary loads and stores from memory The general case of copy propagation being performed follows this pattern a Mi x Zo sr Zi Instead of storing x into a then loading a to perform the addition the value of x can be left on the floating point stack and added to 2 0 Thus memory accesses in some cases can be avoided leaving answers in the extended real format If copy propagation is disabled stores of all left hand sides will be performed automatically and reloaded when needed This will have the effect of rounding any results to their declared sizes The find_precision program has a value of 1 8446744E 19 when executed using default extended precision If however Kieee is set the value becomes 1 67772 16E 07 single precision This difference is due to the fact that kieee disables copy propagation so all intermediate results are stored into memory then reloaded when needed Copy propagation is only disabled for floating point operations not integer With this particular example setting the pc switch will also adjust the result The kieee switch also has the effect of making function calls to perform all transcendental operations Except when the Mnobui 1t in switch i
27. Array section analysis incomplete Interprocedural analysis for array section arguments is incomplete some information may not be available for optimization I357 Expression analysis incomplete Interprocedural analysis for expression arguments is incomplete some information may not be available for optimization W358 Dummy argument is EXTERNAL but actual is not subprogram The call statement passes a scalar or array to a dummy argument that is declared EXTERNAL W359 SUBROUTINE passed to FUNCTION dummy argument The call statement passes a subroutine name to a dummy argument that is used as a function W360 FUNCTION passed to FUNCTION dummy argument with different result type The call statement passes a function argument to a function dummy argument but the dummy has a different result type W361 FUNCTION passed to SUBROUTINE dummy argument The call statement passes a function name to a dummy argument that is used as a subroutine W362 Argument has a different type than dummy argument The type of the actual argument is different than the type of the corresponding dummy argument W363 Dummy argument is a POINTER but actual argument is not The dummy argument is a pointer so the actual argument must be also W364 Array or array expression passed to scalar dummy argument The actual argument is an array but the dummy argument is a scalar variable W365 Scalar or scalar expression passed to array dummy argume
28. Computes paral para2 para3 Text saliga 16 globl sum_3 137 Win64 Programming Model sum 33 pushg Srbp leag 128 Srsp Srbp cvtsi2ss ecx xmm0 addss xmml xmm0 cvtss2sd Sxmm0 Sxmm0 addsd xmm2 xmm0 cvtsd2ss Sxmm0 xmm0 popq S rbp ESE type sum_3 f function size sum 3 sum_3 Win64 Fortran Supplement Sections A3 4 1 through A3 4 4 of the AMD64 Software Conventions for Win64 define the Fortran supplement The register usage conventions set forth in that document remain the same for Fortran Fortran Fundamental Types Table 5 16 Win64 Fortran Fundamental Types Alignment bytes Size bytes Fortran Type A A NTEGER NTEGER 1 NTEGER 2 NTEGER 4 NTEGER 8 LOGICAL LOGICAL 1 LOGICAL 2 LOGICAL 4 LOGICAL 8 BYTE CHARACTER n REAL REAL 4 REAL 8 DOUBLE PRECISION COMPLEX COMPLEX 8 COMPLEX 16 p co PU co co co CO AIN BI CO AIN o CO CO CO wR A 5 aN 138 Chapter 5 Run time Environment Fortran Type Size Alignment bytes bytes DOUBLE COMPLEX 16 8 A logical constant is one of e TRUE e FALSE The logical constants TRUE and FALSE are defined to be the four byte value 1 and 0 respectively A logical expression is defined to be TRUE if its least significant bit is 1 and FALSE otherwise Note that the value of a char
29. DFPORT 158 Routine Result Description Inblnk INTEGER 4 Returns the position of the last non blank string character in the specified string loc INTEGER 4 Returns the address of an object long INTEGER 4 Converts INTEGER 2 to INTEGER 4 Istat INTEGER 4 Obtains information about the referenced open file or shared memory object in a large file enables programming environment Istat64 INTEGER 4 Obtains information in a 64 bit structure about the referenced open file or shared memory object in a large file enables programming environment ltime Array of Converts the system time from seconds into TARRAY which INTEGER 4 contains GMT for the current local time zone malloc INTEGER 8 Allocates SIZE byes of dynamic memory returning the address of the allocated memory Intended for users compiling legacy code Use ALLOCATE for newer code mclock INTEGER 4 Returns time accounting information about the current process and its child processes in 1 100 or second units of measure The returned value is the sum of the current process s user time and system time of all child processes outstr INTEGER 4 Outputs the value of the specified character to the standard output file perror None Writes a message to standard error output the describes the last error encountered by a system call or library subroutine putc INTEGER 4 Puts the specified character at the end of the character list p
30. Frame 0 rsp variable size Key points concerning the stack frame e The parameter area at the bottom of the stack must contain enough space to hold all the parameters needed by any function call Space must be set aside for the four register parameters to be homed to the stack even if there are less than four register parameters used in a given call e Sixteen byte alignment of the stack is required except within a function s prolog and within leaf functions All registers on an x64 system are global and thus visible to both a calling and a called function Registers rbx rsp rbp rsi rdi r12 r13 r14 and r15 are non volatile Therefore a called function must preserve these registers values for its caller Remaining registers are scratch If a calling function wants to preserve such a register value across a function call it must save a value in its local stack frame Registers are used in the standard calling sequence The first four arguments are passed in registers Integral and pointer arguments are passed in these general purpose registers listed in order rcx rdx r8 r9 Floating point arguments are passed in the first four XMM registers xmm0 xmm1 xmm2 xmm3 Registers are assigned using the argument s ordinal position in the argument list For example if a function s first argument is an integral type and its second argument is a floating point type the first argument will be pas
31. Miscellaneous nosgimp When used in combination with the mp option the compiler ignores SGI style parallelization directives or pragmas but still processes OpenMP directives or pragmas Miscellaneous no stddef Instructs the compiler to not recognize the standard preprocessor macros Environment nostdinc Instructs the compiler to not search the standard location for include files To set this option in PVE use the Fortran Preprocessor Ignore Standard Include Path property Environment nostdlib Instructs the linker to not link in the standard libraries Environment no onetrip Determines whether each DO loop executes at least once pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only Language novintr Disable idiom recognition and generation of calls to optimized vector functions Optimization pfi Instrument the generated code and link in libraries for dynamic collection of profile and data information at runtime Optimization Read a pefi out trace file and use the information to enable or guide optimizations Optimization 35 Generic PGI Compiler Options 36 pgflag Description Category no pre Force disable generation of non temporal moves Code Generation and prefetching no prefetch Enable disable generation of prefetch instructions Optimization preprocess Perform cpp like preprocessing on assembly Miscellaneous language an
32. Options For example the compiler applies rule 1 to the following statements INCLUDE bob include filel absolute path name INCLUDE filel relative path name and rule 2 to this statement INCLUDE ae icles Related options Mnostdinc 12 i4 and i8 Treat INTEGER and LOGICAL variables as either two four or eight bytes Default The compiler treats INTERGER and LOGICAL variables as four bytes Usage In the following example using the i8 switch causes the integer variables to be treated as 64 bits S joqir icticei a8 ae dE int f is a function similar to this ae dE Pala e cursa Os El CN Ela end Description Use this option to treat INTEGER and LOGICAL variables as either two four or eight bytes INTEGER 8 values not only occupy 8 bytes of storage but operations use 64 bits instead of 32 bits Related options None K lt flag gt 28 Requests that the compiler provide special compilation semantics Default The compiler does not provide special compilation semantics Syntax K lt flag gt Where flag is one of the following ieee Perform floating point operations in strict conformance with the IEEE 754 standard Some optimizations are disabled and on some systems a more accurate math library is linked if Kieee is used during the link step noieee Default flag Use the fastest available means to perform floating point operations link in faster non IEE
33. PGI_STACK_USAGE in the PGI Compiler User s Guide This information is useful when you want to explicitly set a reserved and committed stack size for your programs such as using the stack option on Windows Mcpp option option run the PGI cpp like preprocessor without execution of any subsequent compilation steps This option is useful for generating dependence information to be included in makefiles Note Only one of the m md mm or mmd options can be present if multiple of these options are listed the last one listed is accepted and the others are ignored The option is one or more of the following m print makefile dependencies to stdout md print makefile dependencies to filename a where filename is the root name of the input file being processed mm print makefile dependencies to stdout ignoring system include files mmd print makefile dependencies to filename a where filename is the root name of the input file being processed ignoring system include files no comment don t retain comments in output suffix lt suff gt use lt suff gt as the suffix of the output file containing makefile dependencies Ma11 This Windows only flag has been deprecated Refer to Bdynami c This flag was used to link with the DLL versions of the runtime libraries and it was required when linking with any DLL built by any of The Portland Group compilers This option implied D_DLL which defines
34. Stops after the preprocessing phase and displays the preprocessed file on the standard output F Stops after the preprocessing phase and saves the preprocessed file in filename f this option is only valid for the PGI Fortran compilers flagcheck Simply return zero status if flags are correct flags Display valid driver options pic Linux and Mac OS X only Generate position independent code fPIC Linux and Mac OS X only Equivalent to fpic G Linux only Passed to the linker Instructs the linker to produce a shared object file g77libs Linux only Allow object files generated by g77 to be linked into PGI main programs help Display driver help message I lt dirname gt Adds a directory to the search path for include files i2 i4 and i8 12 Treat INTEGER variables as 2 bytes i4 Treat INTEGER variables as 4 bytes i8 Treat INTEGER and LOGICAL variables as 8 bytes and use 64 bits for INTEGER 8 operations K lt flag gt Requests special compilation semantics with regard to conformance to IEEE 754 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference pion Bescon keeplnk If the compiler generates a temporary indirect file for a long linker command preserves the temporary file instead of deleting it L lt dirname gt Specifies a library directory I lt library gt Loads a library m Displays a link map on the standard out
35. after a previous novector directive The directives vector and novector only apply if Mvect has been selected on the command line vintr novintr The directive or pragma novintr directs the vectorizer to disable recognition of vector intrinsics The directive vintr is re enables recognition of vector intrinsics after a previous novintr directive The directives vintr and novintr only apply if Mvect has been selected on the command line Prefetch Directives and Pragmas Prefetch instructions can increase the speed of an application substantially by bringing data into cache so that it is available when the processor needs it The PGI prefetch directive takes the form The syntax of a prefetch directive is as follows c mem prefetch lt varl gt lt var2 gt where lt varn gt is any valid variable member or array element reference The syntax of a prefetch pragma is as follows pragma mem prefetch lt varl gt lt var2 gt where lt varn gt is any valid variable member or array element reference For examples on how to use the prefetch directive or pragma refer to the PGI Compiler USer s Guide C PRAGMA C When programs are compiled using one of the PGI Fortran compilers on Linux Win64 and OSX systems an underscore is appended to Fortran global names including names of functions subroutines and common blocks This mechanism distinguishes Fortran name space from C C name space You can use C PRAGMA C in
36. after that assignment Class and Object Data Layout Class and structure objects with no virtual entities and with no base classes that is just direct data field members are laid out in the same manner as C structures The following section describes the alignment and size of these C like structures C classes and structures as a special case of a class are more difficult to describe Their alignment and size is determined by compiler generated fields in addition to user specified fields The following paragraphs describe how storage is laid out for more general classes The user is warned that the alignment and size of a class or structure is dependent on the existence and placement of direct and virtual base classes and of virtual function information The information that follows is for informational purposes only reflects the current implementation and is subject to change Do not make assumptions about the layout of complex classes or structures All classes are laid out in the same general way using the following pattern in the sequence indicated e First storage for all of the direct base classes which implicitly includes storage for non virtual indirect base classes as well e When the direct base class is also virtual only enough space is set aside for a pointer to the actual storage which appears later e In the case of a non virtual direct base class enough storage is set aside for its own non virtual base classes it
37. alter numerical results noassoc disallow expression re association Mnolre Disables loop carried redundancy elimination Mnoframe Eliminates operations that set up a true stack frame pointer for every function With this option enabled you cannot perform a traceback on the generated code and you cannot access local variables Mnoi4 pgf77 pgf95 and pefortran only the compiler treats INTEGER variables as INTEGER 2 Mp fi indirect generate profile feedback instrumentation this includes extra code to collect run time statistics and dump them to a trace file for use in a subsequent compilation When you use the indirect option Mpfi indirect saves indirect function call targets Mpfi must also appear when the program is linked When the resulting program is executed a profile feedback trace file pg i out is generated in the current working directory see Mp fo Note Compiling and linking with mp i adds significant runtime overhead to almost any executable You should use executables compiled with mp i only for execution of training runs Mp fo indirect nolayout enable profile feedback optimizations requires the presence of a pefi out profile feedback trace file in the current working directory See Mp fi indirect enable indirect function call inlining nolayout disable dynamic code layout Mpre enables partial redundancy elimination Mprefetch option option enables gen
38. apply or disable the effects of a command line option to selected subprograms or to selected loops in the source file for example to optimize a specific area of code Use directives and pragmas to tune selected routines or loops The Fortran directives may have any of the following forms pgiSg directive Ipgi r directive pgiSl directive lpgi directive where the scope indicator follows the and is either g global r routine or 1 loop This indicator controls the scope of the directive though some directives ignore the scope indicator Note If the input is in fixed format the comment character or C must begin in column 1 Directives and pragmas override corresponding command line options For usage information such as the scope and related command line options refer to the Using Directives and Pragmas in the PGI Compiler User s Guide 103 PGI Proprietary Fortran Directive and C C Pragma Summary altcode noaltcode 104 The alt code directive or pragma instructs the compiler to generate alternate code for vectorized or parallelized loops The noaltcode directive or pragma disables generation of alternate code Scope This directive or pragma affects the compiler only when Mvect sse or Mconcur is enabled on the command line cpgi altcode Enables alternate code altcode generation for vectorized loops For each loop the compiler decides whether to generate altcode and what type s to g
39. are declared with the HPF SEQUENCE attribute E404 Sequential array section of in argument is not contiguous When passing an array section to a formal argument that has the HPF SEQUENCE attribute the actual argument must be a whole array with the HPF SEQUENCE attribute or an array section of such an array where the section is a contiguous sequence of elements E405 Array expression argument may not be passed to sequential dummy argument When the dummy argument has the HPF SEQUENCE attribute the actual argument must be a whole array with the HPF SEQUENCE attribute or a contiguous array section of such an array unless an INTERFACE block is used Chapter 9 Messages E406 Actual argument and formal argument have different character lengths The actual and formal array character arguments have different character lengths which is allowed only if both character arrays are declared with the HPF SEQUENCE attribute unless an INTERFACE block is used W407 Argument has a different character length than dummy argument The character length of the actual argument is different than the length specified for the corresponding dummy argument W408 Specified main program is not a PROGRAM The main program specified on the command line is a subroutine function or block data subprogram W409 More than one main program in IPA directory and There is more than one main program analyzed in the IPA directory shown The first one f
40. bit operating system The prefetch SSE1 SSE2 and SSE3 processor features further Preface distinguish the various processors Where such distinctions are important with respect to a given compiler option or feature it is explicitly noted in this manual Note The default for performing scalar floating point arithmetic is to use SSE instructions on targets that support SSE1 and SSE2 Related Publications The following documents contain additional information related to the x86 and x64 architectures and the compilers and tools available from The Portland Group PGI Fortran Reference manual describes the FORTRAN 77 Fortran 90 95 Fortran 2003 statements data types input output format specifiers and additional reference material related to use of the PGI Fortran compilers System V Application Binary Interface Processor Supplement by AT amp T UNIX System Laboratories Inc Prentice Hall Inc System V Application Binary Interface X86 64 Architecture Processor Supplement www x86 64 01g abi pdf Fortran 95 Handbook Complete ISO ANSI Reference Adams et al The MIT Press Cambridge Mass 1997 Programming in VAX Fortran Version 4 0 Digital Equipment Corporation September 1984 IBM VS Fortran IBM Corporation Rev GC26 4119 The C Programming Language by Kernighan and Ritchie Prentice Hall C A Reference Manual by Samuel P Harbison and Guy L Steele Jr Prentice Hall 1987 The Annotated C Reference Manual by Ma
41. closing angle brackets e The static_assert construct is supported For example template lt typename T gt struct S Siero assort salon QH gt lp Vme TY troo Smelly y S lt clasu 21 gt sl Okey Soisin SZA Instantiation error due to failing static_assert e The friend class syntax is extended to allow nonclass types as well as class types expressed through a typedef or without an elaborated type name For example typedef struct S ST clases E NS f OS USAS OCRE E OS elena Ste Okey seme ac Beaiend Sp friend int Okay no effect ciao comeing Wiceoieg Cy cwalirisrs Camino ajosa laisse ly y e Mixed string literal concatenations are accepted a feature carried over from C99 Viclaeia le Peters Wal musgo Okey seme Es Ilo e Variadic macros and empty macro arguments are accepted as in C99 e In function bodies the reserved identifier __func_ refers to a predefined array containing a string representing the function s name a feature carried over from C99 147 C Language Features Accepted 148 A trailing comma in the definition of an enumeration type is silently accepted a feature carried over from C99 enum E e If LONG_LONG_ALLOWED is TRUE the type long long is accepted Unsuffixed integer literals that cannot be represented by type Long but could potentially be represented by type unsigned long have type long long instead this matches C99 but not the tr
42. compiler to instrument the generated executable for gprof style sample based profiling You must use this option at both the compile and link steps A gmon out style trace is generated when the resulting program is executed and can be analyzed using gprof or pgprof pgcpplibs Instructs the compiler to append C runtime libraries to the link line for programs built using either PGF90 or PGF77 Default The C C compilers do not append the C runtime libraries to the link line Usage In the following example the C runtime libraries are linked with an object file compiled with pgf77 S pgf90 main f90 mycpp o pgcpplibs Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to append C runtime libraries to the link line for programs built using either PGF90 or PGF77 Related options pgf90libs pgf77libs paf77libs Instructs the compiler to append PGF77 runtime libraries to the link line Default The C C compilers do not append the PGF77 runtime libraries to the link line Usage In the following example a c main program is linked with an object file compiled with pgf77 pgcc main c myf77 0 pg 77libs Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to append PGF77 runtime libraries to the link line Related options pgcpplibs pgf90libs pgf90libs 44 Instructs the compiler to append PGF90 PGF95 PGFORTRAN runtime libraries to the link line Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Default
43. compiler to treat pointer variables of the indicated storage class as unsafe This pragma alters the effects of the Msafeptr command line option The syntax of this pragma is cpgi no safeptr arg local auto global static all pragma scope no safeptr arg local auto global static all where scope is global routine or loop Note The values local and auto are equivalent e all All pointers are safe e arg Argument pointers are safe e local local pointers are safe global global pointers are safe 108 Chapter 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference e static static local pointers are safe In a file containing multiple functions the command line option Msafeptr might be helpful for one function but can t be used because another function in the file would produce incorrect results In such a file the safeptr pragma used with routine scope could improve performance and produce correct results single nosingle The pragma single directs the compiler not to implicitly convert float values to double non prototyped functions This can result in faster code if the program uses only float parameters Note Since ANSI C specifies that floats must be converted to double this pragma results in non ANSI conforming code Valid only for routine or global scope tp You use the directive or pragma tp to specify one or more processor targets for which to generate code does us target eos Note The tp d
44. contains the directive Rules The following rules apply to this directive IGNORE_TKR must not specify dummy arguments that are allocatable Fortran 90 pointers or assumed shape arrays e IGNORE_TKR may only appear in the body of an interface block and may specify dummy argument names only IGNORE_TKR may appear before or after the declarations of the dummy arguments it specifies e If dummy argument names are specified IGNORE_TKR applies only to those particular dummy arguments e If no dummy argument names are specified IGNORE_TKR applies to all dummy arguments except those that are allocatable objects Fortran 90 pointers or assumed shape arrays Example Consider this subroutine fragment subroutine example A B C D IDIRS TENOR TKR A 2 B TS CG ES D Table 4 1 indicates which rules are ignored for which dummy arguments in the sample subroutine fragment 111 IDEC Directives Table 4 1 IGNORE_TKR Example Dummy __ Ignored Rules Argument A Type Kind and Rank B Only rank C Type and Kind D Only Kind Notice that no letters were specified for A so all type kind and rank rules are ignored IDEC Directives PGI Fortran compilers for Microsoft Windows support directives that help with inter language calling and importing and exporting routines to and from DLLs These directives all take the form NDE Com cease ctake For specific format requirements refer to
45. converting an object of one data type to an object of a larger signed data type Mnosignextend instructs the compiler not to extend the sign bit that is set as the result of converting an object of one data type to an object of a larger data type Msafe_lastval When a scalar is used after a loop but is not defined on every iteration of the loop the compiler does not by default parallelize the loop However this option tells the compiler it s safe to parallelize the loop For a given loop the last value computed for all scalars makes it safe to parallelize the loop Mstride0 instructs the compiler to inhibit certain optimizations and to allow for stride O array references This option may degrade performance and should only be used if zero stride induction variables are possible Mnostride0 instructs the compiler to perform certain optimizations and to disallow for stride 0 array references Munix use UNIX symbol and parameter passing conventions for Fortran subprograms pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only Mvarargs force Fortran program units to assume procedure calls are to C functions with a varargs type interface pgf77 pef95 and pefortran only C C Language Controls 74 This section describes the M lt peflag gt options that affect C C language interpretations by the PGI C and C compilers These options are only valid to the pgcc and pgcpp compiler drivers Default For arguments that you do not speci
46. declared to start at zero e Fortran and C C arrays use different storage methods Fortran uses column major order and C C use row major order For one dimensional arrays this poses no problems For two dimensional arrays where there are an equal number of rows and columns row and column indexes can simply be reversed Structures Unions Maps and Derived Types Fields within Fortran structures and derived types and multiple map declarations within a Fortran union conform to the same alignment requirements used by C structures Common Blocks A named Fortran common block can be represented in C C by a structure whose members correspond to the members of the common block The name of the structure in C C must have the added underscore Here is an example Fortran common block INTEGER I J COMPLEX C DOUBLE COMPLEX CD DOUBLE PRECISION D CONMONIACON seep CS IO C equivalent extern struct slime aL me 1 struct Elosie cecil image es struct double real imag cd double d Petts 141 Win64 Programming Model 142 C equivalent extern C struck 4 alia aki aLiont 9 siciomo Wiles zeal mee struct double real imag cd double d I eom y Note The compiler provided name of the BLANK COMMON block is implementation specific Calling Fortran COMPLEX and CHARACTER functions from C C is not as straightforward as calling other types
47. esi and esp are non volatile across function calls Therefore a function must preserve these registers values for its caller Remaining registers are volatile scratch If a calling function wants to preserve such a register value across a function call it must save its value explicitly Some registers have assigned roles in the standard calling sequence esp The stack pointer holds the limit of the current stack frame which is the address of the stack s bottom most valid word At all times the stack pointer should point to a word aligned area ebp The frame pointer holds a base address for the current stack frame Consequently a function has registers pointing to both ends of its frame Incoming arguments reside in the previous frame referenced as positive offsets from ebp while local variables reside in the current frame referenced as negative offsets from ebp A function must preserve this register value for its caller eax Integral and pointer return values appear in eax A function that returns a structure or union value places the address of the result in eax Otherwise this is a scratch register esi edi These local registers have no specified role in the standard calling sequence Functions must preserve their values for the caller ecx edx Scratch registers have no specified role in the standard calling sequence Functions do not have to preserve their values for the caller st 0 Floating point re
48. following allcores Instructs the compiler to use all available cores Use this option at link time no altcode n Instructs the parallelizer to generate alternate serial code for parallelized loops If altcode is specified without arguments the parallelizer determines an appropriate cutoff length and generates serial code to be executed whenever the loop count is less than or equal to that length If altcode n is specified the serial altcode is executed whenever the loop count is less than or equal to n If noaltcode is specified the parallelized version of the loop is always executed regardless of the loop count bind Instructs the parallelizer to bind threads to cores Use this option at link time encall Calls in parallel loops are safe to parallelize Loops containing calls are candidates for parallelization Also no minimum loop count threshold must be satisfied before parallelization will occur and last values of scalars are assumed to be safe dist block Parallelize with block distribution this is the default Contiguous blocks of iterations of a parallelizable loop are assigned to the available processors dist cyclic Parallelize with cyclic distribution The outermost parallelizable loop in any loop nest is parallelized If a parallelized loop is innermost its iterations are allocated to processors cyclically For example if there are 3 processors executing a loop processor 0 performs iterations 0 3 6 etc processor 1
49. following an IMPLICIT NONE statement will produce a warning message for IMPLICIT statements S057 Illegal equivalence of dummy variable Dummy arguments may not appear in EQUIVALENCE statements S058 Equivalenced variables and not in same common block A common block variable must not be equivalenced with a variable in another common block S059 Conflicting equivalence between and The indicated equivalence implies a storage layout inconsistent with other equivalences Chapter 9 Messages S060 Illegal equivalence of structure variable STRUCTURE and UNION variables may not appear in EQUIVALENCE statements S061 Equivalence of and extends common block backwards W062 Equivalence forces to be unaligned EQUIVALENCE statements have defined an address for the variable which has an alignment not optimal for variables of its data type This can occur when INTEGER and CHARACTER data are equivalenced for instance I063 Gap in common block before S064 Illegal use of in DATA statement implied DO loop The indicated variable is referenced where it is not an active implied DO index variable S065 Repeat factor less than zero S066 Too few data constants in initialization statement S067 Too many data constants in initialization statement S068 Numeric initializer for CHARACTER out of range 0 through 255 A CHARACTER 1 variable or character array element can be initialized to an integer octal or hexadecimal constant if th
50. fp is equivalent to Kt rap inv divz ovf Note The PGI compilers do not support exception free execution for Kt rap inexact The purpose of this hardware support is for those who have specific uses for its execution along with the appropriate signal handlers for handling exceptions it produces It is not designed for normal floating point operation code support Related options None keepink Windows only Preserves the temporary file when the compiler generates a temporary indirect file for a long linker command Usage In the following example the compiler preserves each temporary file rather than deleting it pgfortran keeplnk myprog f 29 Generic PGI Compiler Options Description If the compiler generates a temporary indirect file for a long linker command use this option to instruct the compiler to preserve the temporary file instead of deleting it Related options None Specifies a directory to search for libraries Note Multiple L options are valid However the position of multiple L options is important relative to l options supplied Syntax Ldirectory Where directory is the name of the library directory Default The compiler searches the standard library directory Usage In the following example the library directory is 1ib and the linker links in the standard libraries required by PGFORTRAN from this directory pgfortran L lib myprog f In the following example the
51. frame pointer esi local register variable edi local register variable esp stack pointer Floating point st 0 floating point stack top return value st 1 floating point next to stack top st st 7 floating point stack bottom In addition to the registers each function has a frame on the run time stack This stack grows downward from high addresses The next table shows the stack frame organization Table 5 2 Standard Stack Frame Position Contents Frame 4n 8 ebp argument word n previous argument words 1 to n 1 8 ebp argument word 0 4 ebp return address 0 ebp caller s ebp current 4 ebp n bytes of local n ebp variables and temps Key points concerning the stack frame include e The stack is kept double word aligned e Argument words are pushed onto the stack in reverse order so the rightmost argument in C call syntax has the highest address A dummy word may be pushed ahead of the rightmost argument in order to preserve doubleword alignment All incoming arguments appear on the stack residing in the stack frame of the caller e An argument s size is increased if necessary to make it a multiple of words This may require tail padding depending on the size of the argument 116 Chapter 5 Run time Environment All registers on an x86 system are global and thus visible to both a calling and a called function Registers ebp ebx edi
52. function from using esp relative addressing to get at values on the stack If the compiler does not call routines that leave esp in an altered state when they return a frame pointer is not needed and is not used if the compiler option Mno frame is specified Although not required the stack should be kept aligned on 8 byte boundaries so that 8 byte locals are favorably aligned with respect to performance PGI s compilers allocate stack space for each routine in multiples of 8 bytes Variable Length Parameter Lists 120 Parameter passing in registers can handle a variable number of parameters The C language uses a special method to access variable count parameters The stdarg h and varargs h files define several functions to access these parameters A C routine with variable parameters must use the va_start macro to set up a data structure before the parameters can be used The va_arg macro must be used to access the successive parameters C Parameter Conversion Chapter 5 Run time Environment In C for a called prototyped function the parameter type in the called function must match the argument type in the calling function If the called function is not prototyped the calling convention uses the types of the arguments but promotes char or short to int and unsigned char or unsigned short to unsigned int and promotes float to double unless you use the Msing1e option For more information on the Msingle option refer to Chapter 2
53. inline functions of size gt n The default size is 100 totalsize n instructs the compiler to stop inlining when the size equals The default size is 800 Mext ract option option Extracts functions from the file indicated on the command line and creates or appends to the specified extract directory where option can be any of name func instructs the extractor to extract function func from the file size number instructs the extractor to extract functions with number or fewer statements from the file lib filename ext Use directory filename ext as the extract directory required in order to save and re use inline libraries If you specify both name and size the compiler extracts functions that match func or that have number or fewer statements For examples of extracting functions refer to Using Function Inlining in the PGI Compiler User s Guide Min1line option option This passes options to the function inliner where the option can be any of these except func instructs the inliner to inline all eligible functions except func a function in the source text Multiple functions can be listed comma separated name func instructs the inliner to inline the function func The func name should be a non numeric string that does not contain a period You can also use a name prefix followed by the function name If name is specified what follows is always the name of a function lib fi
54. inline intrinsics tmmintrin h A table of SSE4a inline intrinsics ammintrin h A table of ABM inline intrinsics intrin h A table of Avx inline intrinsics immintrin h Using Intrinsic functions The definitions of the intrinsics are provided in the inline library 1ibintrinsics il which is automatically included when you compile 181 Using Intrinsic functions Required Header File To call these intrinsic functions from a C C source you must include the corresponding header file one of the following e For MMX use mmintrin h e For SSSE3 use tmmintrin h e For SSE use xmmintrin h e For SSE4a use ammintrin h e For SSE2 use emmintrin h e For ABM use intrin h e For SSE3 use pmmintrin h e For Avx use intrin h Intrinsic Data Types The following table describes the data types that are defined for intrinsics Data Types Defined in Description _ m64 mmintrin h For use with MMX intrinsics this 64 bit data type stores one 64 bit or two 32 bit integer values __m128 xmmintrin h For use with SSE intrinsics this 128 bit data type aligned on 16 byte boundaries stores four single precision floating point values __m128d emmintrin h For use with SSE2 SSE3 intrinsics this 128 bit data type aligned on 16 byte boundaries stores two double precision floating point values __ ml28i emmintrin h For use with SSE2 SSE3 intrinsics this 128 bit data type aligned on 16 byte boundaries stores two 64 bi
55. items A vertical bar separates the choices Horizontal ellipses indicate that zero or more instances of the preceding item are valid PGI Compiler Option Summary The following tables include all the PGI compiler options that are not language specific The options are separated by category for easier reference For a complete description of each option see the detailed information later in this chapter Build Related PGI Options The options included in the following table are the ones you use when you are initially building your program or application PGI Compiler Option Summary 10 Table 2 1 PGI Build Related Compiler Options Option Description Display invocation information HH Shows but does not execute the driver commands same as the option dryrun Bdynamic Compiles for and links to the DLL version of the PGI runtime libraries Bstatic_pgi Compiles for and links to the static version of the PGI runtime libraries c Stops after the assembly phase and saves the object code in filename o D lt args gt Defines a preprocessor macro dryrun Shows but does not execute driver commands drystdinc Displays the standard include directories and then exists the compiler dynamiclib Invokes the libtool utility program provided by Mac OS X to create the dynamic library See the libtool man page for more information E
56. libraries a that are pic Related options Mlarge_arrays module lt moduledir gt 38 Allows you to specify a particular directory in which generated intermediate moa files should be placed Default The compiler places moa files in the current working directory and searches only in the current working directory for pre compiled intermediate mod files Usage The following command line requests that any intermediate module file produced during compilation of myprog be placed in the directory mymods specifically the file mymods myprog mod is used pgfortran module mymods myprog f Description Use the module option to specify a particular directory in which generated intermediate mod files should be placed If the module lt moduledir gt option is present and USE statements are present in a compiled program unit then lt moduledir gt is searched for moa intermediate files prior to a search in the default local directory Related options None Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference mp all align bind no numa Instructs the compiler to interpret user inserted OpenMP shared memory parallel programming directives and pragmas and to generate an executable file which will utilize multiple processors in a shared memory parallel system Default The compiler interprets user inserted shared memory parallel programming directives and pragmas when linking To disable this option use the n
57. looking at all the options let s look at the defaults Default For arguments that you do not specify the default optimization control options are as follows depchk noipa nounroll nor8 i4 nolre novect nor8intrinsics nofprelaxed noprefetch Note If you do not supply an option to Mvect the compiler uses defaults that are dependent upon the target system Usage In this example the compiler invokes the vectorizer with use of packed SSE instructions enabled pgfortran Mvect ss Mcache_align myprog f Related options g O The following list provides the syntax for each M lt peflag gt option that controls optimization Each option has a description and if appropriate a list of any related options Mcache_align Align unconstrained objects of length greater than or equal to 16 bytes on cache line boundaries An unconstrained object is a data object that is not a member of an aggregate structure or common block This option does not affect the alignment of allocatable or automatic arrays 83 M Options by Category 84 Note To effect cache line alignment of stack based local variables the main program or function must be compiled with Mcache_align Mconcur option option Instructs the compiler to enable auto concurrentization of loops If Mconcur is specified multiple processors will be used to execute loops that the compiler determines to be parallelizable Where option is one of the
58. loses intrinsic property An intrinsic name was used in a manner inconsistent with the language definition for that intrinsic The compiler based on the context will treat the name as a variable or an external function S036 Illegal implicit character range First character must alphabetically precede second S037 Contradictory data type specified for The indicated identifier appears in more than one type specification statement and different data types are specified for it S038 Symbol has not been explicitly declared The indicated identifier must be declared in a type statement this is required when the IMPLICIT NONE statement occurs in the subprogram W039 Symbol appears illegally in a SAVE statement An identifier appearing in a SAVE statement must be a local variable or array S040 Illegal common variable Indicated identifier is a dummy variable is already in a common block or has previously been defined to be something other than a variable or array W041 Illegal use of dummy argument This error can occur in several situations It can occur if dummy arguments were specified on a PROGRAM statement It can also occur if a dummy argument name occurs in a DATA COMMON SAVE or EQUIVALENCE statement A program statement must have an empty argument list S042 is a duplicate dummy argument 043 Illegal attempt to redefine An attempt was made to define a symbol in a manner inconsistent with an earlier definition
59. match the specified string getfileinfoqqi8 INTEGER 4 Returns information about files with names that match the specified string gettim INTEGER 2 4 8 Generic Returns the time makedirqq INTEGER 4 Creates a new directory 152 Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows Rone esm peen OOOO O S packtimeqq INTEGER 4 Packs the time and date values for use by setfiletimeqq renamefileqq LOGICAL 4 Renames the specified file runqq INTEGER 2 Calls another program and waits for it to execute setenvqq LOGICAL 4 Sets the values of an existing environment variable or adds a new one setfileaccessqq LOGICAL 4 Sets the file access mode for the specified file setfiletimeqq LOGICAL 4 Sets the modification time for the specified file signalqq INTEGER 8 Controls signal handling sleepqq None Delays execution of the program for a specified time splitpathqq LOGICAL 4 Breaks a full path into components systemqq LOGICAL 4 Executes a command by passing a command string to the operating system s command interpreter unpacktimeqq Multiple Unpacks a file s packed time and date value into its component INTEGERS parts LIBM A Fortran module is available to declare interfaces to many of the routines in the standard C math library 1ibm Table 7 3 lists the L1BM routines that are available To view the prototype and interfaces look in the location described in Source Files on
60. noswitcherror Issues warnings instead of errors for unknown switches Ignores unknown command line switches after printing a warning message Default The compiler prints an error message and then halts Usage In the following example the compiler ignores unknown command line switches after printing a warning message pgfortran noswitcherror myprog f 39 Generic PGI Compiler Options Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to ignore unknown command line switches after printing an warning message Tip You can configure this behavior in the siterc file by adding set NOSWITCHERROR 1 Related options None O lt level gt 40 Invokes code optimization at the specified level Default The compiler optimizes at level 2 Syntax 0 level Where level is an integer from 0 to 4 Usage In the following example since no O option is specified the compiler sets the optimization to level 1 pgfortran myprog f In the following example since no optimization level is specified and a O option is specified the compiler sets the optimization to level 2 S pgfortran O myprog f Description Use this option to invoke code optimization Using the PGI compiler commands with the Olevel option the capital O is for Optimize you can specify any of the following optimization levels 00 Level zero specifies no optimization A basic block is generated for each language statement
61. of loops or within the body of a loop iteration no sizelimit Generate vector code for all loops where possible regardless of the number of statements in the loop This overrides a heuristic in the vectorizer that ordinarily prevents vectorization of loops with a number of statements that exceeds a certain threshold The default is nosizelimit smallvect n Instructs the vectorizer to assume that the maximum vector length is less than or equal to n The vectorizer uses this information to eliminate generation of the stripmine loop for vectorized loops wherever possible If the size n is omitted the default is 100 Note No space is allowed on either side of the colon 92 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference no sse Instructs the vectorizer to search for vectorizable loops and wherever possible make use of SSE SSE2 and prefetch instructions The default is nosse no uniform Instructs the vectorizer to perform the same optimizations in the vectorized and residual loops Note This option may affect the performance of the residual loop Mnovect instructs the compiler not to perform vectorization can be used to override a previous instance of Mvect on the command line in particular for cases in which Mvect is included in an aggregate option such as fastsse Mvect option instructs the compiler to enable loop vectorization where option is one of the following partial Enable partial loop vec
62. of the current stack frame which is the address of the stack s bottom most valid word The stack must be 16 byte aligned rbp The frame pointer holds a base address for the current stack frame Consequently a function has registers pointing to both ends of its frame Incoming arguments reside in the previous frame referenced as positive offsets from rbp while local variables reside in the current frame referenced as negative offsets from rbp A function must preserve this register value for its caller RFLAGS The flags register contains the system flags such as the direction flag and the carry flag The direction flag must be set to the forward i e zero direction before entry and upon exit from a function Other user flags have no specified role in the standard calling sequence and are not preserved Floating Point Control Word The control word contains the floating point flags such as the rounding mode and exception masking This register is initialized at process initialization time and its value must be preserved Signals can interrupt processes Functions called during signal handling have no unusual restriction on their use of registers Moreover if a signal handling function returns the process resumes its original execution path with registers restored to their original values Thus programs and compilers may freely use all registers without danger of signal handlers changing their values Function Return Values Fu
63. page 151 Some 1ibm routine names conflct with Fortran intrinsics These routines are not listed in this table because they resolve to Fortran intrinsics asin acos atan2 cos cosh exp log log10 sin sinh sqrt tan tanh You can also use 1 ibm routines in CUDA Fortran global and device subprograms in CUF kernels and in PGI Accelerator compute regions When targeting NVIDIA devices the 1 ibm routines translate to the corresponding 1 ibm device routine Table 7 3 LIBM Functions acosf erfc frexp logip remquo acosh erff frexpf logipf remquof acoshf erfcf ilog log2 rint asinf expf ilogbf log2f rintf asinh exp10 Idexp logb scalbn asinhf exp 10f Idexpf logbf scalbnf atan2f exp2 lgamma logf scalbln 153 Using DFLIB LIBM and DFPORT copysignf remainder remainderf erf DFPORT Table 7 4 lists the functions that DFPORT includes In the table Generic refers to a generic routine To view the prototype and interfaces look in the location described in Source Files on page 151 Table 7 4 DFPORT Functions Routine Result Description abort None Immediately terminates the program If the operating systems supports a core dump abort produces one that can be used for debugging access INTEGER 4 Determines access mode or existence of a file alarm INTEGER 4 Executes a routine after a specified time besj0 REAL 4 Compute
64. performs iterations 1 4 7 etc and processor 2 performs iterations 2 5 8 etc no innermost Enable parallelization of innermost loops The default is to not parallelize innermost loops since it is usually not profitable on dual core processors noassoc Disables parallelization of loops with reductions When linking the Mconcur switch must be specified or unresolved references result The NcPUS environment variable controls how many processors or cores are used to execute parallelized loops Note This option applies only on shared memory multi processor SMP or multi core processor based systems Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Mcray option option pgf77 pgf05 and pefortran only Force Cray Fortran CF77 compatibility with respect to the listed options Possible values of option include pointer for purposes of optimization it is assumed that pointer based variables do not overlay the storage of any other variable Mdepchk instructs the compiler to assume unresolved data dependencies actually conflict Mnodepchk Instructs the compiler to assume potential data dependencies do not conflict However if data dependencies exist this option can produce incorrect code Mdse Enables a dead store elimination phase that is useful for programs that rely on extensive use of inline function calls for performance This is disabled by default Mnodse Disables the dead store elimination
65. standard output Default The compiler produces an executable file Usage In the following example the compiler displays the preprocessed myprog on the standard output gt pgfortran E myprog Description Use the E option to halt the compilation process after the preprocessing phase and display the preprocessed output on the standard output Related options C c Mkeepasm o F Stops compilation after the preprocessing phase Default The compiler produces an executable file Usage In the following example the compiler produces the preprocessed file myprog in the current directory pgfortran F myprog F Description Use the F option to halt the compilation process after preprocessing and write the preprocessed output to a file If the input file is filename F then the output file is filename Related options c E Mkeepasm o S Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference fast Enables vectorization with SSE instructions cache alignment and flushz for 64 bit targets Default The compiler enables vectorization with SSE instructions cache alignment and flushz Usage In the following example the compiler produces vector SSE code when targeting a 64 bit machine gt PCtOweicam rast wall iSS Description When you use this option a generally optimal set of options is chosen for targets that support SSE capability In addition the appropriate tp option is au
66. systems Table 8 1 MMX Intrinsics mmintrin h _mm_empty _m_paddd _m_psllw _m_pand _m_empty _mm_add_si64 _mm_slli_pil6 _mm_andnot_si64 _mm_cvtsi32_si64 _mm_adds_pi8 _m_psllwi _m_pandn _m_from_int _m_paddsb _mm_sll_pi32 _mm_or_si64 _mm_cvtsi64x_si64 _mm_adds_pil6 _m_pslld _m_por _mm_set_pi64x _m_paddsw _mm_slli_pi32 _mm_xor_si64 _mm_cvtsi64_si32 _mm_adds_pu8 _m_pslldi _m_pxor _m_to_int _m_paddusb _mm_sll_si64 _mm_cmpeq_pi8 _mm_cvtsi64_si64x _mm_adds_pul6 _m_psllq _m_pcmpeqb _mm_packs_pil6 _m_paddusw _mm_slli_si64 _mm_cmpgt_pi8 _m_packsswb _mm_sub_pi8 _m_psllqi _m_pempgtb _mm_packs_pi32 _m_psubb _mm_sra_pil6 _mm_cmpeq_pil6 _m_packssdw _mm_sub_pil6 _m_psraw _m_pcmpeqw _mm_packs_pul6 _m_psubw _mm_srai_pil6 _mm_cmpet_pil6 _m_packuswb _mm_sub_pi32 _m_psrawi _m_pempgtw _mm_unpackhi_pi8 _m psubd _mm_sra_pi32 _mm_cmpeq_pi32 _m_punpckhbw _mm_sub_si64 _m_psrad _m_pcmpeqd _mm_unpackhi_pil6 _mm_subs_pi8 _mm_srai_pi32 _mm_cmpgt_pi32 _m_punpckhwd _m_psubsb _m_psradi _m_pcmpgtd _mm_unpackhi_pi32 _mm_subs_pil6 _mm_srl_pil6 _mm_setzero_si64 _m_punpckhdq _m_psubsw _m_psrlw _mm_set_pi32 _mm_unpacklo_pi8 mm_subs_pu8 _mm_srli_pil6 _mm_set_pil6 _m_punpcklbw _m_psubusb _m_psrlwi _mm_set_pi8 _mm_unpacklo_pil6 _mm_subs_pul6 _mm_srl_pi32 _mm_setr_pi32 183 SSE Intrinsics _m_punpcklwd _m_psubusw _m_psrld _mm_setr_pil6 _mm_unpacklo_pi32 _mm_madd_pil6 _mm_srli_pi32 _mm_setr_pi8 _m_punpckldq _m_pmaddwd _m_psrldi _mm_setl_pi32 _mm_add_pi8 _mm_mu
67. ta nvidia nvidia_suboptions host tp lt target gt target Specify the type s of the target processor s C and C Compiler Options 14 There are a large number of compiler options specific to the PGCC and PGC compilers especially PGC The next table lists several of these options but is not exhaustive For a complete list of available options including an exhaustive list of PGC options use the help command line option For further detail on a given option use help and specify the option explicitly The majority of these options are related to building your program or application Table 2 5 C and C specific Compiler Options Option Description A pgcpp only Accept proposed ANSI C issuing errors for non conforming code a pgcpp only Accept proposed ANSI C issuing warnings for non conforming code no_ Jalternative_tokens Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Description pgcpp only Enable disable recognition of alternative tokens These are tokens that make it possible to write C without the use of the 1 amp and and characters The alternative tokens include the operator keywords e g and bitand etc and digraphs The default is no_alternative_tokens B Allow C comments using in C source b pgcpp only Compile with cfront 2 1 compatibility This accepts constructs and a version of C that is
68. the Fortran program to call a C C function from Fortran The statement would look similar to this CSPRAGMA C name name NOTE This statement directs the compiler to recognize the routine name as a C function thus preventing the Fortran compiler from appending an underscore to the routine name 110 Chapter 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference On Win32 systems the C PRAGMA C as well as the attributes C and STDCALL may effect other changes on argument passing as well as on the names of the routine For more information on this topic refer to Win32 Calling Conventions in the PGI Compiler User s Manual IGNORE_TKR Directive This directive indicates to the compiler to ignore the type kind and or rank of the specified dummy arguments in an interface of a procedure The compiler also ignores the type kind and or rank of the actual arguments when checking all the specifics in a generic call for ambiguities The syntax for the IGNORE_TKR directive is this IDIR IGNORE_TKR lt letter gt lt dummy_arg gt lt letter gt is one or any combination of the following T type K kind R rank For example KR indicates to ignore both kind and rank rules and TKR indicates to ignore the type kind and rank arguments lt dummy_arg gt if specified indicates the dummy argument for which TKR rules should be ignored If not specified TKR rules are ignored for all dummy arguments in the procedure that
69. the compiler assembler and linker but not have them executed These invocations are command lines created by the compiler driver from the rc files and the command line supplied with dryrun Related options Minfo V drystdinc Displays the standard include directories and then exits the compiler Default The compiler does not display standard include directores Usage The following command line requests a display for the standard include directories 21 Generic PGI Compiler Options S jocptowcicain ChaySicCliuine MNDIEOE E Description Use the drystdinc option to display the standard include directories and then exit the compiler Related options None dynamiclib 22 Invokes the 1ibtool utility program provided by Mac OS X to so you can create a dynamic library Default The compiler does not invoke the libtool utility Usage The following command line builds a dynamic library pgfortran dynamiclib world f90 o world dylib Description Use the dynamiclib option to invoke the 1ibtoo1 utility program provided by Mac OS X to so you can create a dynamic library For a complete example refer to Creating and Using Dynamic Libraries on Mac OS X in the PGI Compiler User s Guide For more information on 1ibtool refer to the 1ibtoo1 man page Related options Bdynamic Bstatic Halts the compilation process after the preprocessing phase and displays the preprocessed output on the
70. the preprocessor symbol _DLL Mgccbug s match the behavior of certain gcc bugs Mi face option adjusts the calling conventions for Fortran where option is one of the following 95 M Options by Category unix Win32 only uses UNIX calling conventions no trailing underscores cref uses CREF calling conventions no trailing underscores mixed_str_len_arg places the lengths of character arguments immediately after their corresponding argument Has affect only with the CREF calling convention nomixed_str_len_arg places the lengths of character arguments at the end of the argument list Has affect only with the CREF calling convention Minfo option option instructs the compiler to produce information on standard error where option is one of the following all instructs the compiler to produce all available Min o information Implies a number of suboptions Mneginfo accel inline ipa loop lre mp opt par vect accel instructs the compiler to enable accelerator information ccff instructs the compiler to append common compiler feedback format information such as optimization information to the object file ftn instructs the compiler to enable Fortran specific information inline instructs the compiler to display information about extracted or inlined functions This option is not useful without either the Mext ract or Minline option intensity instructs the compiler to provide in
71. the section IDEC Directives in the PGI Compiler User s Guide ALIAS Directive This directive specifies an alternative name with which to resolve a routine The syntax for the ALIAS directive is either of the following IDECS ALIAS routine_name external_name DECS ALIAS routine_name external_name In this syntax ext ernal_name is used as the external name for the specified rout ine_name If external_name is an identifier name the name in uppercase is used as the external name for the specified rout ine_name If external_name is a character constant it is used as is the string is not changed to uppercase nor are blanks removed You can also supply an alias for a routine using the ATTRIBUTES directive described in the next section DECS ATTIRIBUTES ALIAS alias_name routine name This directive specifies an alternative name with which to resolve a routine as illustrated in the following code fragment that provides external names for three routines In this fragment the external name for sub1 is namel for sub2 is name2 and for sub3 is name3 subroutine sub DDE Cow altasers ull a ames DEH CS ee culeialsm stom nea IDECE ttri DURES alias 8 memes 28 silos ATTRIBUTES Directive This directive lets you specify properties for data objects and procedures The syntax for the ATTRIBUTES directive is this 112 Chapter 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference DECS ATTRIBUT
72. variables are subject to the SAVE statement pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only Fortran Language no scalarsse Do don t use SSE SSE2 instructions to perform scalar floating point arithmetic Optimization schar Specifies signed char for characters pgcc and Do don t force references to names appearing in pecpp only also see uchar C C Language pgflag no second_underscore Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Description Category Do don t add the second underscore to the name of a Fortran global if its name already contains an underscore pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only Code Generation no signextend Do don t extend the sign bit if it is set Code Generation no single Do don t convert float parameters to double C C Language parameter characters pgcc and pgcpp only no smart Do don t enable optional post pass assembly Optimization optimizer no smartalloc hugel Add a call to the routine mallopt in the main routine Environment huge lt n gt lhugebss Supports large TLBs on Linux and Windows Tip To be effective this switch must be specified when compiling the file containing the Fortran C or C main program standard Causes the compiler to flag source code that does _ Fortran Language not conform to the ANSI standard pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only no strideO Do do not generate alternate code for a loop that Code Genera
73. 2KB commit 262 144 stack bytes for each routine 256KB and disable the stack initialization code with the nocheck argument pgfortran stack 524288 262144 nocheck myprog f Description Use this option to explicitly set stack properties for your program The stack option takes one or more arguments reserved bytes committed bytes no check Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference reserved bytes Specifies the total stack bytes required in your program committed bytes Specifies the number of stack bytes that the Operating System will allocate for each routine in your program This value must be less than or equal to the stack reserved bytes value Default for this argument is 4096 bytes no check Instructs the compiler to generate or not to generate stack initialization code upon entry of each routine Check is the default so stack initialization code is generated Stack initialization code is required when a routine s stack exceeds the committed bytes size When your committed bytes is equal to the reserved bytes or equal to the stack bytes required for each routine then you can turn off the stack initialization code using the st ack nocheck compiler option If you do this the compiler assumes that you are specifying enough committed stack space and therefore your program does not have to manage its own stack size For more information on determining the amount of stack required by your program refer to Mchkstk co
74. 86 8 4 SSE3 Intrinsics pmmintrin h ii is a A Ni 187 8 5 SSSE3 Intrinsics tmmintrin h oo cece eeeeesesnccecccececeseenscneceecesessesnennsaeececcsenseentnntaeecesersess 187 8 6 SSE4a Intrinsics ammintrin h oo cece e cee ceeesccceeseeccceceesececcestseccscnessceeeesseeseesttsecessntteeesenenas 188 8 7 ABM Intrinsics Gintrin W oo eee eeesessccccccccsceseenececcccceessessentsasececevevsesntsnsauecevesseseenttanaeeess 188 8 8 Avx Intrinsics immintrin h eee ecceceeeeeensccecccccecesecntcaeeeeceseesesnesnsaeeceecesessenttarececesenseens 188 Examples 5 1 C Program Calling an Assembly language Routine 00 0 0 ceeesesseeeeseeeeeestecnseeneeseeseeeneesseenaeenes 121 de Parameter PASSING tdi A A A ad 126 5 3 C Program Calling an Assembly language Routine oooooonccncnncononinonnonanononnccononononnrrononnncnncno nono 127 54 Parameter PASSING ada di 136 5 5 C Program Calling an Assembly language Routine ooooooncnncnncononinocnonnnononnc cono nononrrononnnconcno nana 137 Xi xii Preface This guide is part of a set of manuals that describe how to use The Portland Group PGI Fortran C and C compilers and program development tools These compilers and tools include the PGF77 PGF95 PGFORTRAN PGC and PGCC ANSI C compilers the PGPROF profiler and the PGDBG debugger They work in conjunction with an x86 or x64 assembler and linker You can use the PGI compilers and tools to compile debug optimize and prof
75. Also records with differing structure types may not be assigned to one another S100 Expression cannot be promoted to a vector An expression was used that required a scalar quantity to be promoted to a vector illegally For example the assignment of a character constant string to a character array Records too cannot be promoted to vectors 101 Vector operation not allowed on Record and character typed entities may only be referenced as scalar quantities S102 Arithmetic IF expression has wrong data type The parenthetical expression of an arithmetic if statement must be an integer real or double precision scalar expression S103 Type conversion of subscript expression for The data type of a subscript expression must be integer If it is not it is converted S104 Illegal control structure This message is issued for a number of errors involving IF THEN statements DO loops and directives You may see one of the following messages cl NOI SOL 04 1 1 isc comal sic iebikere tas unterminated PARALLEL directive GE o0 3 0104 1 legal Conero sic ieee unterminated block IF If the line number specified is the last line END statement of the subprogram the error is probably an unterminated DO loop or IF THEN statement Ifthe message contains unterminated PARALLEL directive it is likely you are missing the required omp end parallel directive S105 Unmatched ELSEIF ELSE or ENDIF statement An ELSEIF ELSE or ENDIF
76. BUTE 111 114 eqvchk 105 IDEC 112 invarif 106 ivdep 106 Istval 106 noaltcode 104 noassoc 105 nobounds 105 nocncall 105 noconcur 105 nodepchk 105 noeqvchk 105 noinvarif 106 nolstval 106 nosafe_lastval 107 nounroll 109 novector 110 novintr 110 optimization 103 Parallelization 103 prefetch 106 106 110 prefetch syntax 110 safe_lastval 107 scope indicator 103 tp 109 unroll 109 vector 110 vintr 110 DISTRIBUTE directive 111 114 DLLEXPORT ATTRIBUTES directive 113 DLLIMPORT ATTRIBUTES directive 113 E EFLAGS 117 Environment variables PGI_STACK_USAGE 95 eqvchk directive 105 eqvchk pragma 105 223 F F90 aggregate data types 4 fcon pragma 106 Files case 98 Flags floating point 124 134 MXCSR 134 register 117 RELAGS 124 Floating point control word 124 134 flags 117 return values 117 scratch registers 117 stack 42 Fortran data type representation 1 Linux86 64 types 128 types in Win64 138 Frames pointer 117 120 124 127 134 136 Functions calling sequence 115 132 Calling sequence 122 overloaded names 101 returning scalars 118 124 135 return structures 118 125 135 return unions 118 125 135 return values 118 124 129 135 stack contents 118 I Information compiler 103 Inlining controls 81 integral return values 117 Inter language Calling 139 C PRAGMA C 110 underscores 110 Inter language calling 130 invarif di
77. CORATE Directive The DECORATE directive specifies that the name specified in the ALIAS directive should have the prefix and postfix decorations performed on it that are associated with the calling conventions that are in effect These declarations are the same ones performed on the name when ALIAS is not specified The syntax for the DECORATE directive is this DECS DECORATE Note When ALIAS is not specified this directive has no effect 113 IDEC Directives DISTRIBUTE Directive This directive is front end based and tells the compiler at what point within a loop to split into two loops The syntax for the DISTRIBUTE directive is either of the following DECS DISTRIBUTE POINT DECS DISTRIBUTEPOINT Example subroutine dist a b n integer i integer n integer a integer b do i 1 n a i a i 2 DECS DISTRIBUTE POINT b i b i 4 enddo end subroutine 114 Chapter 5 Run time Environment This chapter describes the programming model supported for compiler code generation including register conventions and calling conventions for x86 and x64 processor based systems It addresses these conventions for processors running linux86 or Win32 operating systems for processors running linux86 64 operating systems and for processors running Win64 operating systems Note In this chapter we sometimes refer to word halfword and double word The equivalent byte
78. CompareExchange64 InterlockedExchange InterlockedFlushSList InterlockedPopEntrySList IsBadCodePtr IsBadHugeWritePtr IsBadStringPtr IsDebuggerPresent IsProcessorFeaturePresent LeaveCriticalSection LoadLibraryEx LoadResource LocalCompact LocalFlags LocalHandle LocalReAlloc LocalSize LockFile LockResource Istremp Istrcpy Istrlen MapUserPhysicalPagesScatter MapViewOfFileEx MoveFileEx MulDiv OpenEvent OpenFileMapping OpenMutex OpenSemaphore OpenWaitableTimer PeekConsoleInput 171 Supported Libraries and Modules 172 PeekNamedPipe PrepareTape PulseEvent QueryActCtxW QueryDosDevice QueryMemoryResourceNotification QueryPerformanceFrequency QueueUserWorkltem ReadConsole ReadConsoleOutput ReadConsoleOutputCharacter ReadFile ReadFileScatter RegisterWaitForSingleObject ReleaseActCtx ReleaseSemaphore RemoveVectoredContinueHandler ReOpenFile RequestDeviceWakeup ResetEvent RestoreLastError ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer SetCommBreak SetCommMask SetCommTimeouts SetComputerNameEx SetConsoleCP SetConsoleCursorInfo SetConsoleMode SetConsoleScreenBufferSize SetConsoleTitle SetCriticalSectionSpinCount SetDefaultComm Config SetEndOfFile SetEnvironmentVariable PostQueuedCompletionStatus ProcessIdToSessionId PurgeComm QueryDepthSList QueryInformationJobObject QueryPerformanceCounter QueueUserAPC RaiseException ReadConsolelnput ReadConsoleOutputAttribute ReadDirectoryChangesW ReadFileEx ReadProcessM
79. DIBPatternBrushPt CreateDiscardableBitmap CreateEllipticRgn CreateEnhMetaFile CreateFont CreateFontIndirectEx CreateHalftonePalette CreatelC CreateMetaFile MakeWord MakeWparam Palettelndex PaletteRGB PrimaryLangID RGB RtlCopyMemory SortIDFromLCID SubLangID AddFontMemResourceEx AlphaBlend Arc BitBlt ChoosePixelFormat CloseFigure ColorMatchToTarget CopyEnhMetaFile CreateBitmapIndirect CreateCompatibleBitmap CreateDIBitmap CreateDIBSection CreateEllipticRgnIndirect CreateFontIndirect CreateHatchBrush CreatePalette 163 Supported Libraries and Modules 164 CreatePatternBrush CreatePolygonRgn CreateRectRenIndirect CreateSolidBrush DeleteEnhMetaFile DescribePixelFormat DrawEscape EndPage EnumFontFamilies EnumICMProfiles EqualRgn ExtCreatePen ExtFloodFill FillPath FlattenPath GdiComment GdiSetBatchLimit GetBitmapBits GetBkMode GetCharABCWidthsA GetCharABCWidthsW GetCharWidth32 GetClipBox GetColorSpace GetDCBrushColor GetDeviceCaps GetDIBits GetEnhMetaFileDescriptionA GetEnhMetaFilePaletteEntries GetFontLanguagelnfo GetGlyphOutline GetICMProfileW GetLogColorSpace GetMetaFileBitsEx GetNearestColor CreatePen CreatePolyPolygonRgn CreateRoundRectRgn DeleteColorSpace DeleteMetaFile DeviceCapabilities Ellipse EndPath EnumFontFamiliesEx EnumMetaFile Escape ExtCreateRegion ExtSelectClipRen FillRgn FloodFill GdiFlush GetArcDirection GetBitmapDimensionEx GetBoundsRect GetCharABCWidthsFl
80. E CE A A oa 151 Data TOS 5 pirne E E E A ERE sare ne eines ta Tae Gaga ae 151 Using DFLIB LIBM and DFPORT ous sc env sass x tsronsissloninds dai aloonas 152 DEUB aeea xen neds ais 152 II 2e 8 SS eases A A 153 DEPOR tos ce ld A T 154 Using the DFWIN module cias 160 Supported Libraries and Modules cccccscecsesscesscesecsseeseeeseseeeeseceseceecseeeeesesesecnseceesseens 160 DONA NS AAE sonia A AA AEN motek neue E A EA 160 RS ON 162 A N E T A 163 A 163 A A A Ad ia 163 A RO OOO 166 MI et ac 174 US a eae Bedias 175 WII a od o od e O tM ty ete Ny 179 VSO O ET 180 8 C C MMX SSE Inline Intrinsics 0 0 0 0 eceeseeneseeeeteseeneseeeenesesnsneeseneneaeens 181 Using Intrinsic TUACIONS AAA AAA A AA 181 Required Header Meana 182 Intrinsic Data PES AAA ARA 182 IC Ea cra 182 MMX Intrinsic eesti AI ees Magloire aA 183 SSE OMS aaa 184 ABM IMISS tic 188 vi AOS das 188 9 CSS AOS ai SA 191 DIA BNOSTIC MESSAGES a aa 191 Phase Invocation MESSAGES is 192 Fortran Compiler Error Messages cnica da 192 Message Format aiii 192 Message Libia ei 192 FOrran R n time Error Messages Ai 218 Message Formaten ir A A EE E O A T 218 Message SE os 218 ndek A 221 Figures 1 1 Internal Padding in a Structure ada 7 1 2 Tail Padding in a Structure dic iO 8 vil vili Tables 1 PGI Compilers and Commands iii dia xvi 1 1 Representation of Fortran Data Types cccccesessesseesseeseestecsecneeseeseesneessecnsecneeeeesee
81. E libraries if available and disable underflow traps PIC Linux only Generate position independent code Equivalent to fpic Provided for compatibility with other compilers pic Linux only Generate position independent code Equivalent to fpic Provided for compatibility with other compilers Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference trap option Controls the behavior of the processor when floating point exceptions occur Possible options include e fp e align ignored option e inv e denorm e divz e oyf e unf e inexact Usage In the following example the compiler performs floating point operations in strict conformance with the IEFE 754 standard pgfortran Kieee myprog f Description Use x to instruct the compiler to provide special compilation semantics The default is Knoieee Kt rap is only processed by the compilers when compiling main functions or programs The options inv denorm divz ovf unf and inexact correspond to the processor s exception mask bits invalid operation denormalized operand divide by zero overflow underflow and precision respectively Normally the processor s exception mask bits are on meaning that floating point exceptions are masked the processor recovers from the exceptions and continues If a floating point exception occurs and its corresponding mask bit is off or unmasked execution terminates with an arithmetic exception C s SIGFPE signal Kt rap
82. ES lt list gt where lt list gt is one of the following ALIAS alias_name routine_name Specifies an alternative name with which to resolve routine_name C routine_name Specifies that the routine rout ine_name will have its arguments passed by value When a routine marked C is called arguments except arrays are sent by value For characters only the first character is passed The standard Fortran calling convention is pass by reference DLLEXPORT name Specifies that name is being exported from a DLL DLLIMPORT name Specifies that name is being imported from a DLL NOMIXED_STR_LEN_ARG Specifies that hidden lengths are placed in sequential order at the end of the list like Mi face uni x Note This attribute only applies to routines that are CREF style or that use the default Windows calling conventions REFERENCE name Specifies that the argument name is being passed by reference Often this attribute is used in conjunction with STDCALL where STDCALL refers to an entire routine then individual arguments are modified with REFERENCE STDCALL routine_name Specifies that routine rout ine_name will have its arguments passed by value When a routine marked STDCALL is called arguments except arrays and characters will be sent by value The standard Fortran calling convention is pass by reference VALUE name Specifies that the argument name is being passed by value DE
83. F243 String too long The length of a quoted string exceeded the maximum allowed currently 2048 S244 Syntax error in define formal not identifier A formal parameter that was not an identifier was used in a macro definition W245 Syntax error in define missing blank after name or arglist There was no space or tab between a macro name or argument list and the macro s definition S246 Syntax error in if A syntax error was found while parsing the expression following a if or elif directive S247 Syntax error in include The include directive was not correctly formed Chapter 9 Messages W248 Syntax error in line A line directive was not correctly formed W249 Syntax error in module A module directive was not correctly formed W250 Syntax error in undef A undef directive was not correctly formed W251 Token after ifdef must be identifier The ifdef directive was not followed by an identifier W252 Token after ifndef must be identifier The ifndef directive was not followed by an identifier S253 Too many actual parameters to The number of actual arguments to the indicated macro exceeded the maximum allowed currently 31 S254 Too many formal parameters to The number of formal arguments to the indicated macro exceeded the maximum allowed currently 31 F255 Too much pushback The preprocessor ran out of space while processing a macro expansion The macro may be recursive W256 Undefined directive
84. FORTRAN ANSI X3 1978 1978 e ISO IEC 1539 1 1991 Information technology Programming Languages Fortran Geneva 1991 Fortran 90 e ISO IEC 1539 1 1997 Information technology Programming Languages Fortran Geneva 1997 Fortran 95 xiii Organization e Fortran 95 Handbook Complete ISO ANSI Reference Adams et al The MIT Press Cambridge Mass 1997 OpenMP Application Program Interface Version 2 5 May 2005 http www openmp org e Programming in VAX Fortran Version 4 0 Digital Equipment Corporation September 1984 e IBM VS Fortran IBM Corporation Rev GC26 4119 e Military Standard Fortran DOD Supplement to American National Standard Programming Language Fortran ANSI x 3 1978 MIL STD 1753 November 9 1978 e American National Standard Programming Language C ANSI X3 159 1989 ISO IEC 9899 1999 Information technology Programming Languages C Geneva 1999 C99 Organization XIV Users typically begin by wanting to know how to use a product and often then find that they need more information and facts about specific areas of the product Knowing how as well as why you might use certain options or perform certain tasks is key to using the PGI compilers and tools effectively and efficiently However once you have this knowledge and understanding you very likely might find yourself wanting to know much more about specific areas or specific topics To facilitate ease of use this m
85. For example you can use this option to set system dependent macros and types Related options None use_pch filename pgcpp only Uses a precompiled header file of the specified name as part of the current compilation Note If pch automatic PCH mode appears on the command line following this option its effect is erased 67 C and C specific Compiler Options Default The compiler does not use a precompiled header file In the following example the compiler uses the precompiled header file har1 as part of the current compilation S Pads use oca Jackel mitos eS Use a precompiled header file of the specified name as part of the current compilation If pch automatic PCH mode appears on the command line following this option its effect is erased Related options create_pch pch_dir pch_messages no_Jusing_std 68 pgcpp only Enables or disables implicit use of the std namespace when standard header files are included Default The compiler uses std namespace when standard header files are included using_std Usage The following command line disables implicit use of the std namespace Pads no salas sico lascillo es Description Use this option to enable or disable implicit use of the std namespace when standard header files are included in the compilation Related options M no stddef pgcpp only Control instantiation of template functions t arg Default No templates are i
86. O run time routine has not been passed Example within an OPEN statement access direct has been passed but the record length has not been specified recl specifier 204 illegal use of a readonly file Self explanatory Check file and directory modes for readonly status 205 SCRATCH and SAVE KEEP both specified In an OPEN statement a file disposition conflict has occurred Example within an OPEN statement status scratch and dispose keep have been passed 206 attempt to open a named file as SCRATCH 207 file is already connected to another unit 208 NEW specified for file that already exists 209 OLD specified for file that does not exist 210 dynamic memory allocation failed Memory allocation operations occur only in conjunction with namelist 1 0 The most probable cause of fixed buffer overflow is exceeding the maximum number of simultaneously open file units 211 invalid file name 212 invalid unit number A file unit number less than or equal to zero has been specified 215 formatted unformatted file conflict Formatted unformatted file operation conflict 217 attempt to read past end of file Chapter 9 Messages 219 attempt to read write past end of record For direct access the record to be read written exceeds the specified record length 220 write after last internal record 221 syntax error in format string A run time encoded format contains a lexical or syntax error 222 unbalanced parentheses in forma
87. ON x double x 8 INTEGER x int x 4 INTEGER 1 x signed char x 1 INTEGER 2 x short x 2 INTEGER 4 x int x 4 INTEGER 8 x long x or long long x 8 LOGICAL x int x 4 LOGICAL 1 x char x 1 LOGICAL 2 x short x 2 LOGICAL 4 x int x 4 LOGICAL 8 x long x or long long x 8 Table 5 12 Fortran and C C Representation of the COMPLEX Type Fortran Type lower case complex x C C Type struct float r i x float complex x Size bytes 8 complex 8 x struct float r i x float complex x Chapter 5 Run time Environment Fortran Type lower case C C Type Size bytes double complex x struct double dr di x 16 double complex x 16 complex 16 x struct double dr di x 16 double complex x 16 Note For C C the complex type implies C99 or later Arrays C C arrays and Fortran arrays use different default initial array index values By default C C arrays start at 0 and Fortran arrays start at 1 A Fortran array can be declared to start at zero Another difference between Fortran and C C arrays is the storage method used Fortran uses column major order and C C use row major order For one dimensional arrays this poses no problems For two dimensional arrays where there are an equal number of rows and columns row and column indexes can simply be reversed Inter language function mixing is not recommended for arrays other than single dimensional arrays and squ
88. Object DrawEdge Drawlcon DrawsState EmptyClipboard EnableWindow EndMenu EnumChildWindows EnumDesktopWindows EnumDisplaySettings EnumPropsEx EnumWindowStations ExitWindowsEx FindWindowEx FrameRect GetAncestor GetCaretBlinkTime GetClassInfoEx GetClassName GetClipboardData GetClipboardSequenceNumber GetComboBoxInfo GetCursorPos GetDesktopWindow GetDlgltem GetDoubleClickTime GetGuiResources GetInputState GetKeyboardLayoutList GetKeyboardType GetLastActivePopup GetListBoxInfo GetMenu GetMenuContextHelpld GetMenultemCount GetMenultemRect GetMessage GetMessageTime GetNextDlgGroupltem GetParent GetProcessWindowStation GetRawInputBuffer GetRawInputDeviceList GetScrollInfo GetShellWindow GetSysColorBrush GetTabbedTextExtent GetTopWindow GetUserObjectInformation GetWindowContextHelpId GetWindowLong GetWindowPlacement GetWindowRgnBox GetWindowThreadProcessId HideCaret InSendMessage InsertMenultem InvalidateRect IsCharAlpha IsCharUpper IsDialogMessage IsHungAppWindow IsRectEmpty IsWindowUnicode IsWow64Message KillTimer LoadCursor1 Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows GetMenuBarInfo GetMenuDefaultltem GetMenultemID GetMenuState GetMessageExtralnfo GetMonitorInfo GetNextDlgTabltem GetPriorityClipboardFormat GetProp GetRawInputData GetRegisteredRawInputDevices GetScrollPos GetSubMenu GetSystemMenu GetThreadDesktop GetUpdateRect GetUserObjectSecurity GetWindowDC Ge
89. Portland Group s technical reporting service by sending e mail to trs pgroup com If you use the listing file option M1 i st the compiler places diagnostic messages after the source lines in the listing file in the following format PGFTN etyp num message filename line Where etype is a character signifying the severity level enum is the error number 191 Phase Invocation Messages message is the error message filename is the source filename line is the line number where the compiler detected an error Phase Invocation Messages You can display compiler assembler and linker phase invocations by using the v command line option For further information about this option refer to Using Command Line Options in the PGI Compiler User s Guide Fortran Compiler Error Messages This section presents the error messages generated by the PGF77 PGF95 and PGFORTRAN compilers The compilers display error messages in the program listing and on standard output They can also display internal error messages on standard error Message Format Each message is numbered Each message also lists the line and column number where the error occurs A dollar sign in a message represents information that is specific to each occurrence of the message Message List Error message severities I informative W warning S severe error F fatal error y variable VO00 Internal compiler error This messa
90. QUIVALENCE associated elements When examining data dependencies noeqvchk directs the compiler to ignore any dependencies between variables appearing in EQUIVALENCE statements 105 PGI Proprietary Fortran Directive and C C Pragma Summary fcon nofcon This C C pragma alters the effects of the Mfcon a M Language control command line option The pragma instructs the compiler to treat non suffixed floating point constants as float rather than double By default all non suffixed floating point constants are treated as double Note Only routine or global scopes are allowed for this C C pragma invarif noinvarif This directive or pragma has no corresponding command line option Normally the compiler removes certain invariant if constructs from within a loop and places them outside of the loop The directive noinvarif directs the compiler not to move such constructs The directive invarif toggles a previous noinvarif ivdep The ivdep directive assists the compiler s dependence analysis and is equivalent to the directive nodepchk Istval nolstval This directive or pragma has no corresponding command line option The compiler determines whether the last values for loop iteration control variables and promoted scalars need to be computed In certain cases the compiler must assume that the last values of these variables are needed and therefore computes their last values The directive nolstval directs the
91. Related options zc_eh gnu_version gnu_version lt num gt pgcpp only Sets the GNU C compatibility version Default The compiler uses the latest version Usage In the following example the compiler sets the GNU version to 4 3 4 S eels om version 4 3 41 moro Ee Description Use this option to set the GNU C compatibility version to use when you compile Related options gnu_extensions no llalign pgcpp only Enables or disables alignment of long long integers on long long boundaries Default The compiler aligns long long integers on long long boundaries llalign Usage In the following example the compiler does not align long long integers on long long boundaries pgcpp nollalign myprog cc 64 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Description Use this option to allow enable or disable alignment of long long integers on long long boundaries Related options Mipa no align Generates a list of make dependencies and prints them to stdout Note The compilation stops after the preprocessing phase Default The compiler does not generate a list of make dependencies Usage In the following example the compiler generates a list of make dependencies pgcpp M myprog cc Description Use this option to generate a list of make dependencies and prints them to stdout Related options MD P Generates a list of make dependencies and prints them to a file Default The compiler does not gene
92. Run time Environment Table 5 3 Stack Contents for Functions Returning struct union Position After Call After Return Position 4n 8 esp jargumentwordn argument word n 4n 4 esp E esp argument word 1 argument word 1 0 esp 4 esp value address undefined 0 esp return address The following sections of this chapter describe where arguments appear on the stack The examples in this chapter are written as ifthe function prologue is used Argument Passing Integral and Pointer Arguments As mentioned a function receives all its arguments through the stack the last argument is pushed first In the standard calling sequence the first argument is at offset 8 ebp the second argument is at offset 12 ebp as previously shown in Table 5 3 Stack Contents for Functions Returning struct union Functions pass all integer valued arguments as words expanding or padding signed or unsigned bytes and halfwords as needed Table 5 4 Integral and Pointer Arguments Floating Point Arguments Argument Stack Address 1 8 ebp 2 12 ebp 3 16 ebp void 0 20 ebp The stack also holds floating point arguments single precision values use one word and double precision use two The following example uses only double precision arguments Table 5 5 Floating point Arguments h 1 414 1 2 998e10 Stack Address word 0 1 414 8 ebp word 1
93. The identifier following a was not a directive name F257 POS value must be positive A value for POS lt 0 was encountered Negative and 0 values are illegal for a position in a file S257 EOF in include directive End of file was encountered while processing a include directive S258 Unmatched elif A elif directive was encountered with no preceding if or elif directive S259 Unmatched else A else directive was encountered with no preceding if or elif directive S260 Unmatched endif A endif directive was encountered with no preceding if ifdef or ifndef directive S261 Include files nested too deeply The nesting depth of include directives exceeded the maximum currently 20 S262 Unterminated macro definition for A newline was encountered in the formal parameter list for the indicated macro S263 Unterminated string or character constant A newline with no preceding backslash was found in a quoted string I264 Possible nested comment The characters were found within a comment S265 lt reserved message number gt 207 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 208 S266 lt reserved message number gt S267 lt reserved message number gt W268 Cannot inline subprogram common block mismatch W269 Cannot inline subprogram argument type mismatch This message may be severe if the compilation has gone too far to undo the inlining process F270 Missing exlib option W271 Can t inline wrong number of argu
94. Types Derived Types The Fortran 90 standard added formal support for aggregate data types The TYPE statement begins a derived type data specification or declares variables of a specified user defined type For example the following would define a derived type ATTENDEE TYPE ATTENDEE CHARACTER LEN 30 NAME CHARACTER LEN 30 ORGANIZATION CHARACTER LEN 30 EMAIL END TYPE ATTENDEE In order to declare a variable of type ATTENDEE and access the contents of such a variable code such as the following would be used TYPE ATTENDEE ATTLIST 100 ATTLIST 1 SNA E JOHN DOE C and C Data Types C and C Scalars Table 1 4 C C Scalar Data Types lists C and C scalar data types providing their size and format The alignment of a scalar data type is equal to its size Table 1 5 Scalar Alignment on page 5 shows scalar alignments that apply to individual scalars and to scalars that are elements of an array or members of a structure or union Wide characters are supported character constants prefixed with an L The size of each wide character is 4 bytes Table 1 4 C C Scalar Data Types Data Type Size Format Range welch dl SiS signed char 1 2 s complement integer 128 to 127 unsigned short 2 ordinal 0 to 65535 signed short 2 2 s complement integer 32768 to 32767 unsigned int 4 ordinal 0 t
95. V flags Adds a directory to the search path for files that are included using either the INCLUDE statement or the preprocessor directive include Default The compiler searches only certain directories for included files e For gcc lib includes usr 1ib64 gcc 1ib e For system includes usr linclude Syntax Idirectory Where directory is the name of the directory added to the standard search path for include files Usage In the following example the compiler first searches the directory mydir and then searches the default directories for include files pgfortran Imydir Description Adds a directory to the search path for files that are included using the INCLUDE statement or the preprocessor directive include Use the I option to add a directory to the list of where to search for the included files The compiler searches the directory specified by the I option before the default directories The Fortran INCLUDE statement directs the compiler to begin reading from another file The compiler uses two rules to locate the file 1 If the file name specified in the INCLUDE statement includes a path name the compiler begins reading from the file it specifies 2 Ifno path name is provided in the INCLUDE statement the compiler searches in order e Any directories specified using the I option in the order specified e The directory containing the source file e The current directory 27 Generic PGI Compiler
96. _pd _mm_load_pd1 _mm_load_pd _mm_loadu_pd _mm_loadr_pd _mm_set_sd _mm_setl_pd _mm_set_pdl _mm_set_pd _mm_setr_pd _mm_setzero_pd _mm_store_sd _mm_store_pd _mm_storel_pd _mm_store_pdl _mm_storeu_pd _mm_storer_pd _mm_move_sd _mm_add_pd _mm_add_sd _mm_sub_pd _mm_sub_sd _mm_mul_pd _mm_mul_sd _mm_div_pd _mm_div_sd _mm_sqrt_pd _mm_sqrt_sd _mm_min pd _mm_min_sd _mm_max_pd Table 8 3 SSE2 Intrinsics emmintrin h _mm_cmpge_sd _mm_cmpneq_sd _mm_cmpnit_sd _mm_cmpnle_sd _mm_cmpnet_sd _mm_cmpnge_sd _mm_cmpord_sd _mm_cmpunord_sd _mm_comieq_sd _mm_comilt_sd _mm_comile_sd _mm_comigt_sd _mm_comige_sd _mm_comineq_sd _mm_ucomieq_sd _mm_ucomilt_sd _mm_ucomile_sd _mm_ucomigt_sd _mm_ucomige_sd _mm_ucomineq_sd _mm load_sil128 _mm loadu_sil28 _mm_loadl_epi64 _mm _store_sil28 _mm _storeu_sil28 _mm_storel_epi64 _mm_movepi64_pi64 _mm_move_epi64 _mm_setzero_sil28 _mm_set_epi64 _mm_set_epi32 _mm_set_epi64x _mm_cvtps_pd _mm_cvtsd_si32 _mm_cvtsd_si64x _mm_cvttsd_si32 _mm_cvttsd_si64x _mm_cvtsd_ss _mm_cvtsi32_sd _mm_cvtsi64x_sd _mm_cvtss_sd _mm_unpackhi_pd _mm_unpacklo_pd _mm_loadh_pd _mm_storeh_pd _mm_loadl_pd _mm_storel_pd _mm_movemask_pd _mm_srl_epi32 _mm_srl_epi64 _mm_slli_epil6 _mm_slli_epi32 _mm_slli_epi64 _mm_srai_epil6 _mm_srai_epi32 _mm_srli_epil6 _mm_srli_epi32 _mm_srli_epi64 _mm_and_sil28 _mm_andnot_sil28 _mm_or_sil28 _mm _xor_sil28 _mm_cmpeq_epi8 mm_cmpeq_epil6 _mm_packs_epil6
97. a zero value is false Note A variable of logical type may appear in an arithmetic context and the logical type is then treated as an integer of the same size Table 1 2 Real Data Type Ranges Data Type Binary Range Decimal Range Digits of Precision REAL Dak aa 10 to 10 73 REAL 8 2102 to 21024 1050 t0108 15 16 Table 1 3 Scalar Type Alignment This Type 15 aligned on this size boundary LOGICAL 1 1 byte LOGICAL 2 2 byte LOGICAL 4 4 byte LOGICAL 8 8 byte BYTE 1 byte INTEGER 2 2 byte INTEGER 4 4 byte Chapter 1 Fortran C and C Data Types This Type 15 aligned on this size boundary INTEGER 8 8 byte REAL 4 4 byte REAL 8 8 byte COMPLEX 8 4 byte COMPLEX 16 8 byte FORTRAN 77 Aggregate Data Type Extensions The PGF77 compiler supports de facto standard extensions to FORTRAN 77 that allow for aggregate data types An aggregate data type consists of one or more scalar data type objects You can declare the following aggregate data types e An array consists of one or more elements of a single data type placed in contiguous locations from first to last e A structure can contain different data types The members are allocated in the order they appear in the definition but may not occupy contiguous locations e A union is a single location that can contain any of a specified set of scalar or aggregate data types A union can h
98. ace the default DllMain routine with a custom DilMain use this flag and add the object containing the custom DllMain to the link line The latest version of the default DllMain used by PGFORTRAN is included in the Release Notes for each release the PGFORTRAN specific code in this routine must be incorporated into the custom version of DliMain to ensure the appropriate function of your DLL Mnorpath Linux only Do not add rpath to the link line Mpreprocess perform cpp like preprocessing on assembly and Fortran input source files 99 M Options by Category Mwritable_strings stores string constants in the writable data segment Note Options Xs and xst include Mwritable_strings 100 Chapter 3 C Name Mangling Name mangling transforms the names of entities so that the names include information on aspects of the entity s type and fully qualified name This ability is necessary since the intermediate language into which a program is translated contains fewer and simpler name spaces than there are in the C language specifically e Overloaded function names are not allowed in the intermediate language e Classes have their own scopes in C but not in the generated intermediate language For example an entity x from inside a class must not conflict with an entity x from the file scope e External names in the object code form a completely flat name space The names of entities with external link
99. acter is not automatically NULL terminated Fortran Naming Conventions By default all globally visible Fortran symbol names subroutines functions common blocks are converted to lower case In addition an underscore is appended to Fortran global names to distinguish the Fortran name space from the C C name space Fortran Argument Passing and Return Conventions Arguments are passed by reference meaning the address of the argument is passed rather than the argument itself In contrast C C arguments are passed by value When passing an argument declared as Fortran type CHARACTER an argument representing the length of the CHARACTER argument is also passed to the function This length argument is a four byte integer passed by value and is passed at the end of the parameter list following the other formal arguments A length argument is passed for each CHARACTER argument the length arguments are passed in the same order as their respective CHARACTER arguments A Fortran function returning a value of type CHARACTER adds two arguments to the beginning of its argument list The first additional argument is the address of the area created by the caller for the return value the second additional argument is the length of the return value If a Fortran function is declared to return a character value of constant length for example CHARACTER 4 FUNCTION CHF the second extra parameter representing the length of the return value must still be
100. adExecutionState SetThreadPriority SetThreadStackGuarantee SetTimeZonelInformation SetupComm SetVolumeMountPoint SignalObjectAndWait Sleep SuspendThread SwitchToThread SystemTimeToTzSpecificLocalTime TerminateProcess TlsAlloc TlsGetValue TransactNamedPipe TryEnterCriticalSection UnhandledExceptionFilter UnlockFileEx UnregisterWait UpdateResource 173 Supported Libraries and Modules VerifyVersionInfo VirtualAllocEx VirtualFreeEx VirtualProtect VirtualQuery VirtualUnlock WaitForDebugEvent WaitForMultipleObjectsEx WaitForSingleObjectEx WinExec Wow64EnableWow64FsRedirection WriteConsole WriteConsoleOutput WriteConsoleOutputCharacter WriteFileEx WritePrivateProfileSection WritePrivateProfileStruct WriteProfileSection WriteTapemark ZombifyActCtx _hwrite _Icreat _lopen _Iwrite shell32 174 These are the functions that she1132 includes DoEnvironmentSubst DragAcceptFiles DragFinish DragQueryFile DragQueryPoint Duplicatelcon ExtractAssociatedIcon Extractlcon ExtractlconEx VirtualAlloc VirtualFree VirtualLock VirtualProtectEx VirtualQueryEx WaitCommEvent WaitForMultipleObjects WaitForSingleObject WaitNamedPipe Wow64DisableWow64FsRedirection Wow64RevertWow64FsRedirection WriteConsoleInput WriteConsoleOutputAttribute WriteFile WriteFileGather WritePrivateProfileString WriteProcessMemory WriteProfileString WTSGetActiveConsoleSessionId _hread _Iclose _llseek _lread ShellExec
101. ag allocatable 95103 Table 2 7 M Options Summary Controls whether to use Fortran 95 or Fortran 2003 Fortran Language semantics in allocatable array assignments anno Annotate the assembly code with source code Miscellaneous no autoinline C C when a function is declared with the inline Inlining keyword inline it at 02 and no asmkeyword Specifies whether the compiler allows the asm C C Language keyword in C C source files pgcc and pgcpp only no backslash Determines how the backslash character is treated Fortran Language in quoted strings pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only no bounds Specifies whether array bounds checking is enabled Miscellaneous or disabled no_ builtin Do don t compile with math subroutine builtin support which causes selected math library routines to be inlined pgcc and pgcpp only Optimization byteswapio cache_align Swap byte order big endian to little endian or vice Miscellaneous versa during VO of Fortran unformatted data Where possible align data objects of size greater than or equal to 16 bytes on cache line boundaries Optimization chkfpstk Check for internal consistency of the x87 FP stack _ Miscellaneous in the prologue of a function and after returning from a function or subroutine call tp px p5 p6 piii targets only chkptr Check for NULL pointers pgf95 pgfortran only _ Miscellaneous chkstk
102. age must be projected onto that name space so that they do not conflict with one another A function f from a class A for example must not have the same external name as a function f from class B e Some names are not names in the conventional sense of the word they re not strings of alphanumeric characters for example operator There are two main problems here 1 Generating external names that will not clash 2 Generating alphanumeric names for entities with strange names in C Name mangling solves these problems by generating external names that will not clash and alphanumeric names for entities with strange names in C It also solves the problem of generating hidden names for some behind the scenes language support in such a way that they match up across separate compilations You see mangled names if you view files that are translated by PGC and PGCC and you do not use tools that demangle the C names Intermediate files that use mangled names include the assembly and object files created by the pgcpp command To view demangled names use the tool pgdecode or pggdecode which takes input from stdin pgdecode demangles pgCC names pggdecode demangles pgC names prompt gt pgdecode Sp ASI A g float The name mangling algorithm for the PGC compiler is the same as that for cfront and except for a few minor details also matches the description in Section 8 0 Function Name Encoding of The Annotated C Reference Manu
103. al ARM Refer to the ARM for a complete description of name mangling 101 The name mangling algorithm for the PGC compiler is IA 64 ABI compliant and is described at www codesourcery com cxx abi abi himl The name mangling algorithm for the PGCC compiler is the same as the one used by cfront and also matches the description in 7 2 1c of The Annotated C Refernce Manual ARM except for some minor details Refer to these documents for complete descriptions of the name mangling algorithms 102 Chapter 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference PGI Fortran compilers support proprietary directives and pragmas These directives and pragmas override corresponding command line options For usage information such as the scope and related command line options refer to the PGI Compiler User s Guide This chapter contains detailed descriptions of PGI s proprietary directives and pragmas PGI Proprietary Fortran Directive and C C Pragma Summary Directives Fortran comments and C C pragmasmay be supplied by the user in a source file to provide information to the compiler Directives and pragmas alter the effects of certain command line options or default behavior of the compiler They provide pragmatic information that control the actions of the compiler in a particular portion of a program without affecting the program as a whole That is while a command line option affects the entire source file that is being compiled directives and pragmas
104. annot be an assumed size array S192 Argument number to must be a label W193 Argument number to does not match INTENT OUT W194 INTENT IN argument cannot be defined S195 Statement may not appear in an INTERFACE block S196 Deferred shape specifiers are required for S197 Invalid qualifier or qualifier value in OPTIONS statement An illegal qualifier was found or a value was specified for a qualifier which does not expect a value In either case the qualifier for which the error occurred is indicated in the error message S198 in ALLOCATE DEALLOCATE W199 Unaligned memory reference A memory reference occurred whose address does not meet its data alignment requirement S200 Missing UNIT FILE specifier 201 Illegal I O specifier S202 Repeated I O specifier S203 FORMAT statement has no label S204 Miscellaneous I O error S205 Illegal specification of scale factor The integer following or has been omitted or P does not follow the integer value S206 Repeat count is zero S207 Integer constant expected in edit descriptor S208 Period expected in edit descriptor S209 Illegal edit descriptor S210 Exponent width not used in the Ew dEe or Gw dEe edit descriptors Chapter 9 Messages 211 Internal I O not allowed in this I O statement 212 Illegal NAMELIST I O Namelist 1 0 cannot be performed with internal unformatted formatted and list directed I O Also I O lists must not be present
105. anual contains detailed reference information about specific aspects of the compiler such as the details of compiler options directives and more This guide contains these chapters Chapter 1 Fortran C and C Data Types describes the data types that are supported by the PGI Fortran C and C compilers Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference provides a detailed description of each command line option Chapter 3 C Name Mangling describes the name mangling facility and explains the transformations of names of entities to names that include information on aspects of the entity s type and a fully qualified name Chapter 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference contains detailed descriptions of PGI s proprietary directives and pragmas Chapter 5 Run time Environment describes the programming model supported for compiler code generation including register conventions and calling conventions for x86 and x64 processor based systems Chapter 6 C Dialect Supported lists more details of the version of the C language that PGC supports Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows provides a description of the Fortran module library interfaces that PVF supports Chapter 8 C C MMX SSE Inline Intrinsics provides tables that list the MMX Inline Intrinsics mmintrin h the SSE1 inline intrinsics xmmintrin h and SSE2 inline intrinsics emmintrin h Chapter 9 Message
106. are two dimensional arrays Structures Unions Maps and Derived Types Fields within Fortran structures and derived types and multiple map declarations within a Fortran union conform to the same alignment requirements used by C structures Common Blocks A named Fortran common block can be represented in C C by a structure whose members correspond to the members of the common block The name of the structure in C C must have the added underscore For example the Fortran common block INTEGER I J COMPLEX C DOUBLE COMPLEX CD DOUBLE PRECISION D COMMON CO me Clyne is represented in C with the following equivalent extern aloe aL al aue JA sttuek S Cuct double E eom Struct 4 Elogw zeal imac er double real imag cd d 131 Win64 Programming Model and in C with the following equivalent extern C struct Y ali Lp date Jy struci loewe zeal imac ep struct double real imag cd double d COL Note The compiler provided name of the BLANK COMMON block is implementation specific Calling Fortran COMPLEX and CHARACTER functions from C C is not as straightforward as calling other types of Fortran functions Additional arguments must be passed to the Fortran function by the C C caller A Fortran COMPLEX function returns its value in memory the first argument passed to the function must contain the address of the storage for this va
107. ariables as DOUBLE PRECISION Specifies the name of the driver s startup file rc file Strips the symbol table information from the object file Stops after the compiling phase and saves the assembly language code in filename s Linux only Passed to the linker Instructs the linker to generate a shared object file Implies fpic Display driver s configuration parameters after startup 11 PGI Compiler Option Summary Option Description silent Do not print warning messages soname Pass the soname option and its argument to the linker time Print execution times for the various compilation steps tp lt target gt target Specify the type s of the target processor s u lt symbol gt Initializes the symbol table with lt symbol gt which is undefined for the linker An undefined symbol triggers loading of the first member of an archive library U lt symbol gt Undefine a preprocessor macro V release_number Displays the version messages and other information or allows invocation of a version of the compiler other than the default v Displays the compiler assembler and linker phase invocations W Passes arguments to a specific phase W Do not print warning messages PGI Debug Related Compiler Options 12 The options included in the following table are the ones you typically use when you are debugging your
108. arrays 71 Mlargeaddressaware 71 MIfs 76 Mlist 98 Mloop32 88 Mlre 88 Mm128 75 Mmakedll 98 Mmakeimplib 98 Mnames 98 Mneginfo 98 Mnoasmkeyword 75 Mnobackslash 77 Mnobounds 94 Mnodaz 70 Mnodclchk 80 Mnodefaultunit 80 Mnodepchk 85 Mnodlines 80 Mnodse 85 Mnoflushz 71 Mnofpapprox 85 Mnofpmisalign 85 Mnofprelaxed 85 86 Mnoframe 89 Mnoi4 89 Mnoiomutex 80 Mnolarge_arrays 71 72 Mnolist 99 Mnoloop32 88 Mnolre 89 Mnom128 75 Mnomain 72 Mnoonetrip 81 Mnoopenmp 99 Mnopegdllmain 99 Mnoprefetch 90 Mnor8 90 Mnor8intrinsics 90 Mnorecursive 73 Mnoreentrant 73 Mnoref_externals 73 Mnorpath 99 Mnosave 81 Mnoscalarsse 91 Mnosecond_underscore 73 Mnosgimp 99 Mnosignextend 74 Mnosingle 76 Mnosmart 91 Mnostartup 76 Mnostddef 77 Mnostdlib 77 77 Mnostride0 74 Mnounixlogical 81 Mnounroll 91 Mnoupcase 81 Mnovect 93 Mnovintr 93 93 module 38 Monetrip 81 mp 39 Mpfi 89 Mpfo 89 89 Mpre 72 Mprefetch 89 Mpreprocess 99 Mprof 72 Mr8 90 Mr8intrinsics 90 Mrecursive 73 Mreentrant 73 Mref_externals 73 Msafe_lastval 74 Msafeptr 90 Msave 81 Mscalarsse 91 Mschar 75 Msecond_underscore 73 Msignextend 74 Msingle 76 Msmart 91 Msmartalloc 76 Mstandard 81 Mstride0 74 Muchar 76 Munix 74 Munixlogical 81 Munroll 91 Mupcase 81 Mvarargs 74 Mvec
109. as declared as INTENT IN but analysis has found that the argument may be modified the INTENT IN declaration should be changed W372 Cannot propagate alignment from to The most common cause is when passing an array with an inherited alignment to a dummy argument with non inherited alignment 1373 Cannot propagate distribution format from to The most common cause is when passing an array with a transcriptive distribution format to a dummy argument with prescriptive or descriptive distribution format 1374 Cannot propagate distribution target from to The most common cause is when passing an array with a transcriptive distribution target to a dummy argument with prescriptive or descriptive distribution target 1375 Distribution format mismatch between and Usually this arises when the actual and dummy arguments are distributed in different dimensions 1376 Alignment stride mismatch between and This may arise when the actual argument has a different stride in its alignment to its template than does the dummy argument 1377 Alignment offset mismatch between and This may arise when the actual argument has a different offset in its alignment to its template than does the dummy argument I378 Distribution target mismatch between and This may arise when the actual and dummy arguments have different distribution target sizes I379 Alignment of is too complex The alignment specification of the array is too complex f
110. as declared differently in different subprograms I394 IPA replaced by constant value The dummy argument was replaced by a constant as per interprocedural analysis I395 IPA changed to INTENT IN The dummy argument was changed to INTENT IN as per interprocedural analysis I396 IPA array alignment propagated to The template alignment for the dummy argument was changed as per interprocedural analysis I397 IPA distribution format propagated to The distribution format for the dummy argument was changed as per interprocedural analysis 1398 IPA distribution target propagated to The distribution target for the dummy argument was changed as per interprocedural analysis I399 IPA common block not optimized The given common block was not optimized by interprocedural analysis either because it was not declared in the main program or because it was declared differently in different subprograms E400 IPA dummy argument is an asterisk but actual argument is not a label The subprogram expects an alternate return label for this argument E401 Actual argument is a subprogram but Dummy argument is not declared EXTERNAL The call statement passes a function or subroutine name to a dummy argument that is a scalar variable or array E402 Actual argument is illegal E403 Actual argument and formal argument have different ranks The actual and formal array arguments differ in rank which is allowed only if both arrays
111. at constant is in the range 0 through 255 S069 Illegal implied DO expression The only operations allowed within an implied DO expression are integer and S070 Incorrect sequence of statements The statement order is incorrect For instance an IMPLICIT NONE statement must precede a specification statement which in turn must precede an executable statement S071 Executable statements not allowed in block data S072 Assignment operation illegal to The destination of an assignment operation must be a variable array reference or vector reference The assignment operation may be by way of an assignment statement a data statement or the index variable of an implied DO loop The compiler has determined that the identifier used as the destination is not a storage location The error message attempts to indicate the type of entity used entry point An assignment to an entry point that was not a function procedure was attempted external procedure An assignment to an external procedure or a Fortran intrinsic name was attempted If the identifier is the name of an entry point that is not a function an external procedure S073 Intrinsic or predeclared cannot be passed as an argument S074 Illegal number or type of arguments to The indicated symbol is an intrinsic or generic function or a predeclared subroutine or function requiring a certain number of arguments of a fixed data type 197 Fortran Compiler Error Mes
112. ate a precompiled header file Usage In the following example the compiler searches in the directory myhdrdir for a precompiled header file pgcpp pch_dir myhdrdir myprog cc Description Use this option to specify the directory in which to search for and or create a precompiled header file You may use this option with automatic PCH mode pch or manual PCH mode create_pch or use_pch Related options create_pch pch use_pch no_ pch_messages pgcpp only Enables or disables the display of a message indicating that the current compilation used or created a precompiled header file The compiler displays a message when it uses or creates a precompiled header file In the following example no message is displayed when the precompiled header file located in myhdrdir is used in the compilation pgcpp pch_dir myhdrdir no_pch_messages myprog cc Description Use this option to enable or disable the display of a message indicating that the current compilation used or created a precompiled header file Related options pch_dir preinclude lt filename gt pgcpp only Specifies the name of a file to be included at the beginning of the compilation In the following example the compiler includes the file incl_file c at the beginning of the compilation me pgcpp preinclude incl_file c myprog cc Description Use this option to specify the name of a file to be included at the beginning of the compilation
113. ated options Xt no_ alternative_tokens pgcpp only Enables or disables recognition of alternative tokens These are tokens that make it possible to write C without the use of the comma and characters The alternative tokens include the operator keywords e g and bitand etc and digraphs Default The default behavior is no_alternative_tokens that is to disable recognition of alternative tokens Usage The following command line enables alternative token recognition pgcpp alternative_tokens hello cc pgcpp only Use this option to enable or disable recognition of alternative tokens These tokens make it possible to write C without the use of the comma amp and characters The alternative tokens include digraphs and the operator keywords such as and bitand and so on The default behavior is disabled recognition of alternative tokens no_alternative_tokens 59 C and C specific Compiler Options Related options pgcc and pgcpp only Enables use of C style comments starting with in C program units Default The PGCC ANSI and K amp R C compiler does not allow C style comments Usage In the following example the compiler accepts C style comments S pgcc B myprog cc Description Use this option to enable use of C style comments starting with in C program units Related options Mcpp pgcpp only Enables compilation of C with cfront 2 1 com
114. ategory dynamically at runtime The compiler also determines suitable loop count and array alignment conditions for executing the altcode This option is enabled by default noaltcode This disables alternate code generation for vectorized loops assoc Instructs the vectorizer to enable certain associativity conversions that can change the results of a computation due to roundoff error A typical optimization is to change an arithmetic operation to an arithmetic operation that is mathematically correct but can be computationally different due to round off error noassoc Instructs the vectorizer to disable associativity conversions cachesize n Instructs the vectorizer when performing cache tiling optimizations to assume a cache size of n The default is set per processor type either using the tp switch or auto detected from the host computer no gather Vectorize loops containing indirect array references such as this one 0 d0 Cl 3 er 1 sum a k b c k sum do k sum 0 R o oy O The default is gather partial Instructs the vectorizer to enable partial loop vectorization through innemost loop distribution prefetch Instructs the vectorizer to search for vectorizable loops and wherever possible make use of prefetch instructions no short Enable disable short vector operations Mvect short enables generation of packed SSE instructions for short vector operations that arise from scalar code outside
115. ation in the object file and to generate optimized code identical to that generated when g is not specified Related options g M lt peflag gt g77libs Linux only Used on the link line this option instructs the pgfortran driver to search the necessary g77 support libraries to resolve references specific to g77 compiled program units Note The g77 compiler must be installed on the system on which linking occurs in order for this option to function correctly Default The compiler does not search g77 support libraries to resolve references at link time Usage The following command line requests that g77 support libraries be searched at link time pgfortran g77libs myprog f g77_object o Description Linux only Use the g77libs option on the link line if you are linking g77 compiled program units into a pgfortran compiled main program using the pgfortran driver When this option is present the pefortran driver searches the necessary g77 support libraries to resolve references specific to g77 compiled program units Related options pgf77libs help Used with no other options help displays options recognized by the driver on the standard output When used in combination with one or more additional options usage information for those options is displayed to standard output Default The compiler does not display usage information 25 Generic PGI Compiler Options 26 Usage In the following examp
116. ave only one value at a time The data type of the union member to which data is assigned determines the data type of the union after that assignment The alignment of an array a structure or union an aggregate affects how much space the object occupies and how efficiently the processor can address members Arrays use the alignment of their members Array types align according to the alignment of the array elements For example an array of INTEGER 2 data aligns on a 2byte boundary Structures and Unions align according to the alignment of the most restricted data type of the structure or union In the next example the union aligns on a 4byte boundary since the alignment of c the most restrictive element is four STRUCTURE astr UNION AP INTEGER 2 a 2 bytes END MAP AP BNE Jey I Joyce END MAP AP INTEGER 4 c 4 bytes END MAP END UNION END STRUCTURE Structure alignment can result in unused space called padding Padding between members of the structure is called internal padding Padding between the last member and the end of the space is called tail padding C and C Data Types The offset of a structure member from the beginning of the structure is a multiple of the member s alignment For example since an INTEGER 2 aligns on a 2 byte boundary the offset of an INTEGER 2 member from the beginning of a structure is a multiple of two bytes Fortran 90 Aggregate Data
117. ber of terms with respect to these platforms For a complete definition of these terms and other terms in this guide with which you may be unfamiliar PGI provides a glossary of terms which you can access at www pgroup com support definitions htm AMD64 linux86 0sx86 barcelona linux86 64 0Sx86 64 DLL Mac OS X driver mcmodel small static linking Win32 dynamic library mcmodel medium EM64T MPI XV Conventions Xvi hyperthreading HT MPICH SSE3 x87 1432 multi core SSE4A and ABM Large arrays NUMA SSSE3 The following table lists the PGI compilers and tools and their corresponding commands Table 1 PGI Compilers and Commands Compiler or Tool Language or Function Command PGF77 FORTRAN 77 pgf77 PGF95 Fortran 90 95 2003 pet95 PGFORTRAN PGI Fortran pefortran PGCC C ANSI C99 and K amp R C pgce PGC ANSI C with cfront features pgcpp on Windows pgCC and pgcpp on Linux PGDBG Source code debugger pedbg PGPROF Performance profiler pgprof Note The commands pgf95 and pgfortran are equivalent In general the designation PGI Fortran is used to refer to The Portland Group s Fortran 90 95 2003 compiler and pgfortran is used to refer to the command that invokes the compiler A similar convention is used for each of the PGI compilers and tools For simplicity examples of command line invocation of the compilers generally reference t
118. between pointers of a given storage class Possible values of option include all assume all pointers and arrays are independent and safe for aggressive optimizations and in particular that no pointers or arrays overlap or conflict with each other arg instructs the compiler that arrays and pointers are treated with the same copyin and copyout semantics as Fortran dummy arguments global instructs the compiler that global or external pointers and arrays do not overlap or conflict with each other and are independent 90 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference local auto instructs the compiler that local pointers and arrays do not overlap or conflict with each other and are independent static instructs the compiler that static pointers and arrays do not overlap or conflict with each other and are independent Mscalarsse Use SSE SSE2 instructions to perform scalar floating point arithmetic This option is valid only on option tp p7 k8 32 k8 64 targets Mnoscalarsse Do not use SSE SSE2 instructions to perform scalar floating point arithmetic use x87 instructions instead This option is not valid in combination with the tp x8 64 option Msmart instructs the compiler driver to invoke a post pass assembly optimization utility Mnosmart instructs the compiler not to invoke an AMD64 specific post pass assembly optimization utility Munro11 option option invokes the loop unroller to execut
119. bination with g Mdwarf2 Generate DWARF2 format debug information must be used in combination with g Mdwarf3 Generate DWARF3 format debug information must be used in combination with g Mflushz Set SSE flush to zero mode if a floating point underflow occurs the value is set to zero To take effect this option must be set for the main program Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Mnoflushz Do not set SSE flush to zero mode generate underflows To take effect this option must be set for the main program Mfunc32 Align functions on 32 byte boundaries Minst rument functions linx86 64 only Generate additional code to enable instrumentation of functions The option Minstrument functions is the same as Minstrument Implies Minfo ccff and Mframe Mlargeaddressaware no Win64 only Generates code that allows for addresses greater than 2GB using RIP relative addressing Use Mlargeaddressaware no for a direct addressing mechanism that restricts the total addressable memory Note Do not use Mlargeaddressaware no if the object file will be placed in a DLL If Mlargeaddressaware no is used to compile any object file it must also be used when linking Mlarge_arrays Enable support for 64 bit indexing and single static data objects larger than 2GB in size This option is default in the presence of mcmodel medium Can be used separately together with the default small memor
120. block for is a FUNCTION but should be a SUBROUTINE E419 Interface block for is a FUNCTION has wrong result type W420 Earlier directive overrides directive 215 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 216 W421 directive can only appear in a function or subroutine E422 Nonconstant DIM argument is not supported E423 Constant DIM argument is out of range E424 Equivalence using substring or vector triplets is not allowed E425 A record is not allowed in this context E426 WORD type cannot be converted E427 Interface block for has wrong number of arguments E428 Interface block for should have E429 Interface block for should not have E430 Interface block for has wrong W431 Program is too large for Interprocedural Analysis to complete W432 Illegal type conversion E433 Subprogram called within INDEPENDENT loop not LOCAL W434 Incorrect home array specification ignored S435 Array declared with zero size An array was declared with a zero or negative dimension bound as real a 1 or an upper bound less than the lower bound as real a 4 2 W436 Independent loop not parallelized W437 Type will be mapped to Where DOUBLE PRECISION is not supported it is mapped to REAL and similarly for COMPLEX 16 or COMPLEX 32 E438 not supported on this platform This construct is not supported by the compiler for this target S439 An internal subprogram cannot be passed as argument S440 Defined as
121. but with a s extension Mlist instructs the compiler to create a listing file The listing file is filename 1st where the name of the source file is filename f Mmaked11 Windows only generate a dynamic link library DLL Mmakeimplib Windows only generate an import library for a DLL without creating the DLL When used without def deffile passes the switch de to the librarian without a deffile Mnames lowercase uppercas specifies the case for the names of Fortran externals e lowercase Use lowercase for Fortran externals e uppercase Use uppercase for Fortran externals Mneginfo option option instructs the compiler to produce information on standard error where option is one of the following all instructs the compiler to produce all available information on why various optimizations are not performed accel instructs the compiler to enable accelerator information ccff instructs the compiler to append information such as optimization information to the object file concur instructs the compiler to produce all available information on why loops are not automatically parallelized In particular if a loop is not parallelized due to potential data dependence the variable s that cause the potential dependence are listed in the messages that you see when using the option Mneginfo ftn instructs the compiler to enable Fortran specific information Chapter 2 Command Line Optio
122. cAddress GetProcessHandleCount GetProcessHeaps GetProcessIdOfThread GetProcessPriorityBoost GetProcessTimes Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows GetConsoleWindow GetCurrentConsoleFont GetCurrentProcess GetCurrentProcessorNumber GetCurrentThreadId GetDevicePowerState GetDiskFreeSpaceEx GetDriveType GetEnvironmentVariable GetExitCodeThread GetFileAttributesEx GetFileSize GetFileTime GetFirmwareEnvironmentVariable GetHandleInformation GetLargestConsoleWindowSize GetLocalTime GetLogicalDriveStrings GetLongPathName GetModuleFileName GetModuleHandleEx GetNamedPipelnfo GetNumaAvailableMemoryNode GetNumaNodeProcessorMask GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents GetOverlappedResult GetPrivateProfilelnt GetPrivateProfileSectionNames GetPrivateProfileStruct GetProcessAffinityMask GetProcessHeap GetProcessId GetProcessloCounters GetProcessShutdownParameters GetProcessVersion 169 Supported Libraries and Modules 170 GetProcessWorkingSetSize GetProfileInt GetProfileString GetShortPathName GetStdHandle GetSystemFirmwareTable GetSystemRegistryQuota GetSystemTimeAdjustment GetSystemWindowsDirectory GetTapeParameters GetTapeStatus GetTempPath GetThreadId GetThreadPriority GetThreadSelectorEntry GetTickCount GetVersion GetVolumelnformation GetVolumePathName GetWindowsDirectory GlobalAddAtom GlobalCompact GlobalFindAtom GlobalFlags GlobalGetAtomName GlobalLock GlobalMemoryStatusEx GlobalSiz
123. compiler not to compute the last values for those cases prefetch opt 106 The prefetch directive or pragma the compiler emits prefetch instructions whereby elements are fetched into the data cache prior to first use By varying the prefetch distance it is sometimes possible to reduce the effects of main memory latency and improve performance The syntax of this directive or pragma is c mem prefetch lt varl gt lt var2 gt where lt varn gt is any valid variable member or array element reference The opt directive or pragma overrides the value specified by the command line option on The syntax of this directive or pragma is cpgi lt scope gt opt lt level gt where the optional lt scope gt is r or g and lt level gt is an integer constant representing the optimization level to be used when compiling a subprogram routine scope or all subprograms in a file global scope Chapter 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference safe nosafe This C C pragma has no corresponding command line option By default the compiler assumes that all pointer arguments are unsafe That is the storage located by the pointer can be accessed by other pointers The formats of the safe pragma are pragma scope no safe pragma safe variable variable where scope is either global or routine e When the pragma safe is not followed by a variable name or a list of variable names e Ifthe scope is routine then the compile
124. concur Check the stack for available space upon entry to _ Miscellaneous and before the start of a parallel region Useful when many private variables are declared Enable auto concurrentization of loops Multiple processors or cores will be used to execute parallelizable loops Optimization cpp Run the PGI cpp like preprocessor without Miscellaneous performing subsequent compilation steps cray Force Cray Fortran CF77 compatibility pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only Optimization Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference pgflag Description Category cuda Enables Cuda Fortran Fortran Language no daz Do don t treat denormalized numbers as zero Code Generation no dclchk Determines whether all program variables must be Fortran Language declared pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only no defaultunit Determines how the asterisk character is Fortran Language treated in relation to standard input and standard output regardless of the status of I O units 5 and 6 pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only no depchk Checks for potential data dependencies Optimization no dse Enables disables dead store elimination phase for Optimization programs making extensive use of function inlining no dlines Determines whether the compiler treats lines Fortran Language containing the letter D in column one as executable statements pgf77 pgf95 pefo
125. configuration file pgfortran Shon myprog f 47 Generic PGI Compiler Options Description Use this option to produce driver help information describing the current driver configuration Related options V v help rc silent Do not print warning messages Default The compiler prints warning messages Usage In the following example the driver does not display warning messages pgfortran silent myprog f Description Use this option to suppress warning messages Related options v V w soname Linux only The compiler recognizes the soname option and passes it through to the linker Default The compiler does not recognize the soname option Usage In the following example the driver passes the soname option and its argument through to the linker pgfortran soname library so myprog f Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to recognize the soname option and pass it through to the linker Related options stack 48 Windows only Allows you to explicitly set stack properties for your program Default If stack is not specified then the defaults are as followed Win32 Setting is stack 2097152 2097152 which is approximately 2MB for reserved and committed bytes Win64 No default setting Syntax stack reserved bytes committed bytes no check Usage The following example demonstrates how to reserve 524 288 stack bytes 51
126. ctive or pragma alters the effects of the Mbounas command line option This directive enables the checking of array bounds when subscripted array references are performed By default array bounds checking is not performed cncall nocncall This directive or pragma indicates that loops within the specified scope are considered for parallelization even if they contain calls to user defined subroutines or functions A nocncall directive cancels the effect of a previous cncall concur noconcur This directive or pragma alters the effects of the Mconcur command line option The directive instructs the auto parallelizer to enable auto concurrentization of loops Scope This directive or pragma affects the compiler only when Mconcur is enabled on the command line If concur is specified the compiler uses multiple processors to execute loops which the auto parallelizer determines to be parallelizable The noconcur directive disables these transformations however use of concur overrides previous noconcur statements depchk nodepchk This directive or pragma alters the effects of the Mdepchk command line option When potential data dependencies exist the compiler by default assumes that there is a data dependence that in turn may inhibit certain optimizations or vectorizations nodepchk directs the compiler to ignore unknown data dependencies eqvchk noeqvchk The eqvchk directive or pragma specifies to check dependencies between E
127. cture alignment Consider the following structure Seruct estrein ehar ap S occunles byte 0 shore lap e oecunies Jayres 2 amm E echar ey cecupiles byte 4 ime cy e ioxelcibyomieis bytes E tarovih il y Figure 1 1 Internal Padding in a Structure Figure 1 2 Tail Padding in a Structure on page 8 shows how tail padding is applied to a structure aligned on a doubleword 8 byte boundary C and C Data Types Siew Siciwe2 int m1 4 occupies bytes O through 15 double m2 occupies bytes 16 through 23 Short mse EOS UPS SONS anc 25 w SiS Bit field Alignment Bit fields have the same size and alignment rules as other aggregates with several additions to these rules e Bit fields are allocated from right to left e A bit field must entirely reside in a storage unit appropriate for its type Bit fields never cross unit boundaries e Bit fields may share a storage unit with other structure union members including members that are not bit fields e Unnamed bit field s types do not affect the alignment of a structure or union e Items of signed unsigned long long type may not appear in field declarations on 32 bit systems Figure 1 2 Tail Padding in a Structure byte 0 byte 4 byte 8 byte 12 byte 16 byte 20 byte 24 byte 28 Other Type Keywords in C and C The void data type is neither a scalar nor an aggregate You can use void or void as the retur
128. cuda cclx Mdclchk the compiler requires that all program variables be declared Mnodclchk the compiler does not require that all program variables be declared Mdefaultunit the compiler treats as a synonym for standard input for reading and standard output for writing Mnodefaultunit the compiler treats as a synonym for unit 5 on input and unit 6 on output Mdlines the compiler treats lines containing D in column 1 as executable statements ignoring the D Mnodlines the compiler does not treat lines containing D in column 1 as executable statements does not ignore the D Mdollar char char specifies the character to which the compiler maps the dollar sign The compiler allows the dollar sign in names Mextend the compiler accepts 132 column source code otherwise it accepts 72 column code Mfixed the compiler assumes input source files are in FORTRAN 77 style fixed form format Mfree the compiler assumes the input source files are in Fortran 90 95 freeform format Miomutex the compiler generates critical section calls around Fortran I O statements Mnoiomutex the compiler does not generate critical section calls around Fortran I O statements Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Monetrip the compiler forces each DO loop to execute at least once Mnoonetrip the compiler does not force each DO loop to execute at least once This option is usef
129. d xmm2 6xmm2 addsd xmml xmm2 cvtsd2ss Sxmm2 xmm2 movaps xmm2 xmm0 popq S rbp ret type sum_3 function SUIS Sibi gt SU S Linux86 64 Fortran Supplement Sections A2 4 1 through A2 4 4 of the ABI for x64 Linux and Mac OS X define the Fortran supplement The register usage conventions set forth in that document remain the same for Fortran Fortran Fundamental Types Table 5 10 Linux86 64 Fortran Fundamental Types Fortran Type Size Alignment bytes bytes A A NTEGER NTEGER 1 NTEGER 2 NTEGER 4 NTEGER 8 LOGICAL LOGICAL 1 LOGICAL 2 LOGICAL 4 LOGICAL 8 BYTE CHARACTER n REAL REAL 4 REAL 8 DOUBLE PRECISION p co co co co CO BI PO BI CO AB Re CO CO A Al me me OOF AIN AI OO RY OS CO CO wR AR Sa 128 Chapter 5 Run time Environment Fortran Type Size Alignment bytes bytes COMPLEX 8 4 COMPLEX 8 8 4 COMPLEX 16 16 8 DOUBLE COMPLEX 16 8 A logical constant is one of e TRUE e FALSE The logical constants TRUE and FALSE are defined to be the four byte values 1 and 0 respectively A logical expression is defined to be TRUE if its least significant bit is 1 and FALSE otherwise Note that the value of a character is not automatically NULL terminated Naming Conventions By default all globally visible Fortran symbol names subroutine
130. d Fortran input source files prof Set profile options function level and line level Code Generation profiling are supported no r8 Determines whether the compiler promotes REAL Optimization variables and constants to DOUBLE PRECISION pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only no r8intrinsics Determines how the compiler treats the intrinsics Optimization CMPLX and REAL pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only no recursive Allocate do not allocate local variables on the Code Generation stack this allows recursion SAVEd data initialized or namelist members are always allocated statically regardless of the setting of this switch pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only no reentrant Specifies whether the compiler avoids optimizations Code Generation that can prevent code from being reentrant no ref_externals EXTERNAL statements pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only Code Generation safeptr Instructs the compiler to override data dependencies between pointers and arrays pgcc and pgcpp only Optimization safe_lastval In the case where a scalar is used after a loop but is not defined on every iteration of the loop the compiler does not by default parallelize the loop However this option tells the compiler it is safe to parallelize the loop For a given loop the last value computed for all scalars make it safe to parallelize the loop Code Generation no save Determines whether the compiler assumes that all local
131. d SEQUENCE W313 Subprogram called within INDEPENDENT loop not PURE E314 IPA actual argument is a label but dummy argument is not an asterisk The call passes a label to the subprogram the corresponding dummy argument in the subprogram should be an asterisk to declare this as the alternate return I315 IPA routine constant dummy arguments This many dummy arguments are being replaced by constants due to interprocedural analysis I316 IPA routine INTENT IN dummy arguments This many dummy arguments are being marked as INTENT IN due to interprocedural analysis I317 IPA routine array alignments propagated This many array alignments were propagated by interprocedural analysis I318 IPA routine distribution formats propagated This many array distribution formats were propagated by interprocedural analysis I319 IPA routine distribution targets propagated This many array distribution targets were propagated by interprocedural analysis I320 IPA routine common blocks optimized This many mapped common blocks were optimized by interprocedural analysis I321 IPA routine common blocks not optimized This many mapped common blocks were not optimized by interprocedural analysis either because they were declared differently in different routines or they did not appear in the main program I322 IPA analyzing main program Interprocedural analysis is building the call graph and propagating informati
132. d in all modes except when strict ANSI violations are diagnosed as errors described in the A option e A friend declaration for a class may omit the class keyword class A iiem Be Shule be Eriesad class B y Constants of scalar type may be defined within classes class A const int size 10 aw ESTAS In the declaration of a class member a qualified name may be used struct Af dime Wesi p Saowmicl ba mne h g e The preprocessing symbol c_plusplus is defined in addition to the standard __ cplusplus e An assignment operator declared in a derived class with a parameter type matching one of its base classes is treated as a default assignment operator that is such a declaration blocks the implicit generation of a copy assignment operator This is cfront behavior that is known to be relied upon in at least one widely used library Here s an example 143 cfront 2 1 Compatibility Mode siermc JA bs susuce 18 2 jlolie A 4 B amp operator A amp e By default as well as in cfront compatibility mode there will be no implicit declaration of B operator const B amp whereas in strict ANSI mode B operator A amp is not a copy assignment operator and B operator const B amp is implicitly declared e Implicit type conversion between a pointer to an extern C function and a pointer to an extern C function is permitted Here s an example epciceiciad EY yoo Eie Ete
133. ddAuditAccessObjectAce AdjustTokenPrivileges AllocateLocallyUniqueld AreAnyAccessesGranted CheckTokenMembership CloseEncryptedFileRaw ConvertToAutoInheritPrivateObjectSecurity CreatePrivateObjectSecurity CreatePrivateObjectSecurityWithMultipleInheritance CreateProcessWithLogonW CreateRestrictedToken DecryptFile DeregisterEventSource DuplicateToken EncryptFile EqualPrefixSid FileEncryptionStatus FreeSid GetAclInformation GetEventLogInformation GetKernelObjectSecurity GetNumberOfEventLogRecords GetPrivateObjectSecurity GetSecurityDescriptorDacl GetSecurityDescriptorLength GetSecurityDescriptorRMControl GetSidIdentifierAuthority GetSidSubAuthority GetTokenInformation GetWindowsAccountDomainSid ImpersonateLoggedOnUser ImpersonateSelf 161 Supported Libraries and Modules InitializeAcl InitializeSid IsTokenRestricted IsValidAcl IsValidSid LogonUser LookupAccountName LookupPrivilegeDisplayName LookupPrivilegeValue MakeAbsoluteSD2 MapGenericMask ObjectCloseAuditAlarm ObjectOpenAuditAlarm OpenBackupEventLog OpenEventLog OpenThreadToken PrivilegedServiceAuditAlarm ReadEventLog ReportEvent SetAclInformation SetKernelObjectSecurity SetPrivateObjectSecurityEx SetSecurityDescriptorDacl SetSecurityDescriptorOwner SetSecurityDescriptorSacl SetTokenInformation comdlg32 162 InitializeSecurityDescriptor IsTextUnicode IsTokenUntrusted IsValidSecurityDescriptor IsWellKnownSid LogonUserEx LookupAccountSid L
134. de for Intel Penryn Architecture and compatible processors penryn 32 generate 32 bit code for Intel Penryn Architecture and compatible processors penryn 64 generate 64 bit code for Intel Penryn Architecture and compatible processors piii generate code for Pentium II and compatible processors including support for single precision vector code using SSE instructions piledriver generate code that is usable on any Piledriver processor based system piledriver 32 generate 32 bit code that is usable on any Piledriver processor based system piledriver 64 generate 64 bit code that is usable on any Piledriver processor based system px generate code that is usable on any x86 processor based system px 32 generate 32 bit code that is usable on any x86 processor based system sandybridge Generate either 32 bit or 64 bit code for Intel Sandy Bridge and compatible processors 32 or 64 bit depends on the driver on your path 53 Generic PGI Compiler Options sandybridge 32 generate 32 bit code for Intel Sandy Bridge and compatible processors sandybridge 64 generate 64 bit code for Intel Sandy Bridge and compatible processors shanghai generate code that is usable on any AMD Shanghai processor based system shanghai 32 generate 32 bit code that is usable on any AMD Shanghai processor based system shanghai 64 generate 64 bit code that is usable on any AMD Shanghai processor based system x64 generate 64 bit unified b
135. debug information for runtime traceback for use with the environment variable PGI_TERM PGI Optimization Related Compiler Options The options included in the following table are the ones you typically use when you are optimizing your program or application code Table 2 3 Optimization Related PG Compiler Options Option Description fast Generally optimal set of flags for targets that support SSE capability fastsse Generally optimal set of flags for targets that include SSE SSE2 capability M lt peflag gt Selects variations for code generation and optimization mp all align bind no numa Interpret and process user inserted shared memory parallel programming directives see Chapters 5 and 6 O lt level gt Specifies code optimization level where lt level gt is 0 1 2 3 or 4 pc lt val gt tp px p5 p6 piii targets only Set precision globally for x87 floating point calculations must be used when compiling the main program lt val gt may be one of 32 64 or 80 Mprof time Instrument the generated executable to produce a gprof style gmon out sample based profiling trace file qp is also supported and is equivalent PGI Linking and Runtime Related Compiler Options The options included in the following table are the ones you typically use to define parameters related to linking and running your program or application code Table 2 4 Linking and Runtime Relat
136. e GlobalUnlock GlobalWire HeapCompact HeapDestroy HeapLock HeapReAlloc HeapSize GetProcessWorkingSetSizeEx GetProfileSection GetQueuedCompletionStatus GetStartupInfo GetSystemDirectory GetSystemInfo GetSystemTime GetSystemTimeAsFileTime GetSystemWow64Directory GetTapePosition GetTempFileName GetThreadContext GetThreadIOPendingFlag GetThreadPriorityBoost GetThreadTimes GetTimeZonelnformation GetVersionEx GetVolumeNameForVolumeMountPoint GetVolumePathNamesForVolumeName GetWriteWatch GlobalAlloc GlobalDeleteAtom GlobalFix GlobalFree GlobalHandle GlobalMemoryStatus GlobalReAlloc GlobalUnfix GlobalUnWire HeapAlloc HeapCreate HeapFree HeapQueryInformation HeapSetInformation HeapUnlock HeapValidate InitAtomTable InitializeCriticalSectionAndSpinCount InterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedDecrement InterlockedExchangeAdd InterlockedIncrement InterlockedPushEntrySList IsBadHugeReadPtr IsBadReadPtr IsBadWritePtr IsProcessInJob IsSystemResumeAutomatic LoadLibrary LoadModule LocalAlloc LocalFileTimeToFileTime LocalFree LocalLock LocalShrink LocalUnlock LockFileEx Istrcat Istrempi Istrcpyn MapUserPhysicalPages MapViewOfFile MoveFile MoveFileWithProgress NeedCurrentDirectoryForExePath OpenFile OpenJobObject OpenProcess OpenThread OutputDebugString Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows HeapWalk InitializeCriticalSection InitializeSListHead Interlocked
137. e it had before the call instruction was executed Functions Returning Structures or Unions 118 If a function returns a structure or union then the caller provides space for the return value and places its address on the stack as argument word zero In effect this address becomes a hidden first argument A function that returns a structure or union also sets eax to the value of the original address of the caller s area before it returns Thus when the caller receives control again the address of the returned object resides in register eax and can be used to access the object Both the calling and the called functions must cooperate to pass the return value successfully e The calling function must supply space for the return value and pass its address in the stack frame e The called function must use the address from the frame and copy the return value to the object so supplied e The called function must remove this address from the stack before returning Failure of either side to meet its obligation leads to undefined program behavior The standard function calling sequence does not include any method to detect such failures nor to detect structure and union type mismatches Therefore you must declare the function properly The following table illustrates the stack contents when the function receives control after the call instruction and when the calling function again receives control after the ret instruction Chapter 5
138. e multiple instances of the loop during each iteration This also sets the optimization level to 2 if the level is set to less than 2 or if no o or g options are supplied The option is one of the following cm instructs the compiler to completely unroll loops with a constant loop count less than or equal to m a supplied constant If this value is not supplied the m count is set to 4 m lt n gt instructs the compiler to unroll multi block loops n times This option is useful for loops that have conditional statements If n is not supplied then the default value is 4 The default setting is not to enable Munro11 m n lt n gt instructs the compiler to unroll single block loops n times a loop that is not completely unrolled or has a non constant loop count If n is not supplied the unroller computes the number of times a candidate loop is unrolled Mnounro11 instructs the compiler not to unroll loops M no vect option option disable enable the code vectorizer where option is one of the following altcode Instructs the vectorizer to generate alternate code altcode for vectorized loops when appropriate For each vectorized loop the compiler decides whether to generate altcode and what type or types to generate which may be any or all of altcode without iteration peeling altcode with non temporal stores and other data cache optimizations and altcode based on array alignments calculated 91 M Options by C
139. e next instruction after the call instruction A function must preserve non volatile registers a register whose contents must be preserved across subroutine calls Additionally the called function must remove the return address from the stack leaving the stack pointer rsp with the value it had before the call instruction was executed All registers on an x64 system are global and thus visible to both a calling and a called function Registers rbx rsp rbp r12 r13 r14 and r15 are non volatile across function calls Therefore a function must preserve these registers values for its caller Remaining registers are volatile scratch registers that is a register whose contents need not be preserved across subroutine calls If a calling function wants to preserve such a register value across a function call it must save its value explicitly 123 Linux86 64 Programming Model Registers are used extensively in the standard calling sequence The first six integer and pointer arguments are passed in these registers listed in order rdi rsi rdx rcx r8 r9 The first eight floating point arguments are passed in the first eight XMM registers xmm0 xmml xmm 7 The registers rax and rdx are used to return integer and pointer values The registers xmm0 and xmm1 are used to return floating point values Additional registers with assigned roles in the standard calling sequence rsp The stack pointer holds the limit
140. e processors bulldozer 64 generate 64 bit code for AMD Bulldozer and compatible processors core2 generate code for Intel Core 2 Duo and compatible processors core2 32 generate 32 bit code for Intel Core 2 Duo and compatible processors core2 64 generate 64 bit code for Intel Core 2 Duo EM64T and compatible processors istanbul generate code that is usable on any Istanbul processor based system istanbul 32 generate 32 bit code that is usable on any Istanbul processor based system istanbul 64 generate 64 bit code that is usable on any Istanbul processor based system k8 32 generate 32 bit code for AMD Athlon64 AMD Opteron and compatible processors k8 64 generate 64 bit code for AMD Athlon64 AMD Opteron and compatible processors Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference k8 64e generate 64 bit code for AMD Opteron Revision E AMD Turion and compatible processors nehalem generate code that is usable on any Nehalem processor based system nehalem 32 generate 32 bit code that is usable on any Nehalem processor based system nehalem 64 generate 64 bit code that is usable on any Nehalem processor based system p6 generate code for Pentium Pro II III and AthlonXP compatible processors p7 generate code for Pentium 4 and compatible processors p7 32 generate 32 bit code for Pentium 4 and compatible processors p7 64 generate 64 bit code for Intel P4 Xeon EM64T and compatible processors penryn generate co
141. e the PGI compiler flag Bdynamic to create an executable that links to the DLL form of the runtime the executable built is smaller than one built without Bdynamic The PGI runtime DLLs however must be available on the system where the executable is run The Bdynamic flag must be used when an executable is linked against a DLL built by the PGI compilers Note C on Windows does not support Bdynami c Related options Bstatic Mmakedll Bstatic Compiles for and links to the static version of the PGI runtime libraries Default The compiler uses static libraries Usage The following command line explicitly compiles for and links to the static version of the PGI runtime libraries fs Oe Eorctica a Becali e objecti E Description You can use this option to explicitly compile for and link to the static version of the PGI runtime libraries Note On Windows Bst at ic must be used for both compiling and linking For more information on using static libraries on Windows refer to Creating and Using Static Libraries on Windows in the Creating and Using Libraries chapter of the PGI Compiler User s Guide Related options Bdynamic Bstatic_pgi Madll Bstatic_pgi 18 Linux only Compiles for and links to the static version of the PGI runtime libraries Implies Mnorpath Default The compiler uses static libraries Usage The following command line explicitly compiles for and links to t
142. e value contains the value of the argument The caller allocated temporary memory used for arguments of ageregate type must be 16 byte aligned Passing Arguments on the Stack Registers are assigned using the argument s ordinal position in the argument list For example if a function s first argument is an integral type and its second argument is a floating point type the first argument will be passed in the first general purpose register rcx and the second argument will be passed in the second XMM register xmm1 the first XMM register and second general purpose register are ignored Arguments after the first four are passed on the stack they are pushed on the stack in reverse order with the last argument pushed first Table 5 15 Register Allocation for Example A 4 shows the register allocation and stack frame offsets for the function declaration and call shown in the following example Example 5 4 Parameter Passing typedef struct akiqie Lp indk ene dep Siena C teria Sanie alo elec iA double d loma Lg home lome lily Sessa silo Sxteci n void fume ime 1 float E structi si cdomole el long lome lil lore 1 A a i Si el il LIA Table 5 15 Register Allocation for Example A 4 General Purpose Registers Floating Point Registers Stack Frame Offset rcx i xmm0 lt ignored gt 32 Il rdx lt ignored gt xmml f 40 1 r8 s1 i s1 f xmm2 lt ignored gt r9 lt ignored gt
143. eMenu CreatePopupMenu CreateWindow Create WindowEx CreateWindowStation DeferWindowPos DefFrameProc DefMDIChildProc DefRawInputProc DefWindowProc DeleteMenu DeregisterShellHookWindow DestroyAcceleratorTable DestroyCaret DestroyCursor Destroylcon DestroyMenu 175 Supported Libraries and Modules 176 DestroyWindow DialogBoxParam2 DigDirList DigDirSelectEx DrawAnimatedRects DrawFocusRect DrawIconIndirect DrawText EnableMenultem EndDeferWindowPos EndPaint EnumClipboardFormats EnumDisplayDevices EnumDisplaySettingsEx EnumThreadWindows EqualRect FillRect FlashWindow GetActiveWindow GetAsyncKeyState GetCaretPos GetClassLong GetClassWord GetClipboardFormatName GetClipboardViewer GetCursor GetDC GetDialogBaseUnits GetDlgltemInt GetFocus GetGUIThreadInfo GetKBCodePage GetKeyboardLayoutName GetKeyNameText GetLastInputInfo DialogBoxIndirectParam DisableProcessWindowsGhosting DlgDirListComboBox DragDetect DrawCaption DrawFrameControl DrawMenuBar DrawTextEx EnableScrollBar EndDialog EndTask EnumDesktops EnumDisplayMonitors EnumProps EnumWindows ExcludeUpdateRen FindWindow FlashWindowEx GetAltTabInfo GetCapture GetClassInfo GetClassLongPtr GetClientRect GetClipboardOwner GetClipCursor GetCursorInfo GetDCEx GetDlgCtrlID GetDlgltemText GetForegroundWindow GetIconInfo GetKeyboardLayout GetKeyboardState GetKeyState GetLayeredWindowattributes DialogBoxParam1 DispatchMessage DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx Drag
144. eatment of the long long extension in C89 or default C mode An explicit instantiation directive may be prefixed with the ext ern keyword to suppress the instantiation of the specified entity The keyword typename followed by a qualified id can appear outside a template declaration SEATO 1 SEXUCE IN hp De Even SN ap Silently accejoicecl al a Cil mode The keyword auto can be used as a type specifier in the declaration of a variable or reference In such cases the actual type is deduced from the associated initializer This feature can be used for variable declarations for inclass declarations of static const members and for new expressions auco x 3 08 Same as Coole x 307 auto p new auto x Same as double p new double x Struct D St lio Uco comet im se Sema as startaie imc conste im se y By default auto is no longer accepted as a storage class specifier but an option is available to re enable it The keyword dec1type is supported It allows types to be described in terms of expressions For example template lt typename T gt struct S ascos az CHONDE A jolOalinigere 10 ras meri ys Cle ic y The constraints on the code points implied by universal character names UCNs are slightly different UCNs for surrogate code points 0xD000 through OxDFFF are never permitted and UCN corresponding to control characters or to characters in the basic source character set are p
145. ect UnregisterDeviceNotification UpdateLayeredWindowIndirect ValidateRect VkKeyScanEx WindowFromDC wsprintf winver Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows SetProcessWindowStation SetRectEmpty SetScrollRange SetThreadDesktop SetUserObjectSecurity SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowRgn SetWindowText ShowCaret ShowScrollBar SubtractRect SwitchToThisWindow TileWindows ToUnicode TrackPopupMenu TranslateMDISysAccel UnhookWindowsHookEx UnloadKeyboardLayout UnregisterHotKey UpdateWindow ValidateRgn WaitForInputldle WindowFromPoint wvsprintf These are the functions that winver includes GetFileVersionInfo GetFileVersionInfoSize VerFindFile VerInstallFile SetProp SetScrollInfo SetSysColors SetTimer SetWindowContextHelpId SetWindowPlacement SetWindowsHook SetWindowWord ShowCursor ShowWindow SwapMouseButton SystemParametersInfo ToAscii ToUnicodeEx TrackPopupMenuEx TranslateMessage UnhookWinEvent UnregisterClass UpdateLayeredWindow UserHandleGrantAccess VkKeyScan WaitMessage WinHelp VerLanguageName VerQueryValue 179 Supported Libraries and Modules wsock32 180 These are the functions that wsock32 includes accept closesocket getpeername getprotobynumber getsockname htons ioctlsocket ntohs send shutdown WSAAsyncGetHostByName WSAAsyncGetServByName WSACancelAsyncRequest WSAGetLastError WSASetBlockingHook AcceptEx connect gethostname getservbyname ge
146. ed PGI Compiler Options Option Description Bdynamic Compiles for and links to the DLL version of the PGI runtime libraries Bstatic_pgi Compiles for and links to the static version of the PGI runtime libraries 13 C and C Compiler Options Option Description byteswapio Fortran only Swap bytes from big endian to little endian or vice versa on input output of unformatted data pic Linux only Generate position independent code fPIC Linux only Equivalent to fpic G Linux only Passed to the linker Instructs the linker to produce a shared object file 977libs Linux only Allow object files generated by g77 to be linked into PGI main programs i2 Treat INTEGER variables as 2 bytes i4 Treat INTEGER variables as 4 bytes i8 Treat INTEGER and LOGICAL variables as 8 bytes and use 64 bits for INTEGER 8 operations K lt flag gt Requests special compilation semantics with regard to conformance to IEEE 754 M lt peflag gt Selects variations for code generation and optimization mcmodel medium tp k8 64 and tp p7 64 targets only Generate code which supports the medium memory model in the linux86 64 environment shared Linux only Passed to the linker Instructs the linker to generate a shared object file Implies pic soname Pass the soname option and its argument to the linker Specify the target accelerator
147. emory RegisterWaitForSingleObjectEx ReleaseMutex RemoveDirectory RemoveVectoredExceptionHandler ReplaceFile RequestWakeupLatency ResetWriteWatch ResumeThread SearchPath SetCommConfig SetCommState SetComputerName SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer SetConsoleCtrlHandler SetConsoleCursorPosition SetConsoleOutputCP SetConsoleTextAttribute SetConsoleWindowInfo SetCurrentDirectory SetDlIDirectory SetEnvironmentStrings SetErrorMode SetEvent SetFileApisTOOEM SetFilePointer SetFileShortName SetFileValidData SetHandleCount SetInformationJobObject SetLocalTime SetMessageWaitingIndicator SetPriorityClass SetProcessPriorityBoost SetProcessWorkingSetSize SetStdHandle SetSystemTimeAdjustment SetTapePosition SetThreadContext SetThreadIdealProcessor SetThreadPriorityBoost SetTimerQueueTimer SetUnhandledExceptionFilter SetVolumeLabel SetWaitableTimer SizeofResource SleepEx SwitchToFiber SystemTimeToFileTime TerminateJobObject TerminateThread TlsFree TlsSetValue TransmitCommChar TzSpecificLocalTimeToSystemTime UnlockFile UnmapViewOfFile UnregisterWaitEx Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows SetFileApisToANSI SetFileAttributes SetFilePointerEx SetFileTime SetFirmwareEnvironmentVariable SetHandleInformation SetLastError SetMailslotInfo SetNamedPipeHandleState SetProcessAffinityMask SetProcessShutdownParameters SetProcessWorkingSetSizeEx SetSystemTime SetTapeParameters SetThreadAffinityMask SetThre
148. enerate which may be any or all of altcode without iteration peeling altcode with non temporal stores and other data cache optimizations and altcode based on array alignments calculated dynamically at runtime The compiler also determines suitable loop count and array alignment conditions for executing the alternate code cpgi altcode alignment For a vectorized loop if possible generates an alternate vectorized loop containing additional aligned moves which is executed if a runtime array alignment test is passed cpgi altcode n concur For each auto parallelized loop generates an alternate serial loop to be executed if the loop count is less than or equal to n If n is omitted or n is 0 the compiler determines a suitable value of n for each loop cpgi altcode n concurreduction Sets the loop count threshold for parallelization of reduction loops to n For each auto parallelized reduction loop generate an alternate serial loop to be executed if the loop count is less than or equal to n If n is omitted or n is 0 the compiler determines a suitable value of n for each loop cpgi altcode n nontemporal For a vectorized loop if possible generates an alternate vectorized loop containing non temporal stores and other cache optimizations to be executed if the loop count is greater than n If n is omitted or n is 1 the compiler determines a suitable value of n for each loop The alternate code is optimized for the case when the data
149. er pass a function s static chain pointer temporary register callee saved registers 122 Chapter 5 Run time Environment Type Name Purpose XMM xmm0 xmml pass and return floating point arguments xmm2 xmm7 pass floating point arguments xmm8 xmm15 temporary registers x87 st 0 temporary register return long double arguments st 1 temporary register return long double arguments st 2 st 7 temporary registers In addition to the registers each function has a frame on the run time stack This stack grows downward from high addresses Table 5 8 shows the stack frame organization Table 5 8 Standard Stack Frame Position 8n 16 rbp Contents Frame argument eightbyten previous 16 rbp argument eightbyte 0 8 rbp return address 0 rbp 8 rbp caller s rbp unspecified 0 rsp variable size 128 rsp Key points concerning the stack frame red zone e The end of the input argument area is aligned on a 16 byte boundary e The 128 byte area beyond the location of rsp is called the red zone and can be used for temporary local data storage This area is not modified by signal or interrupt handlers e A call instruction pushes the address of the next instruction the return address onto the stack The return instruction pops the address off the stack and effectively continues execution at th
150. er data types Suppose we want to declare arrays ARRAYA and ARRAYB to have 8 elements each having an element length of 4 bytes The difference is that ARRAYA is character and ARRAYB is integer The declarations would be CHARACTER ARRAYA 8 4 and INTEGER ARRAYB 4 8 S047 More than seven dimensions specified for array S048 Illegal use of in declaration of array An asterisk may be used only as the upper bound of the last dimension S049 Illegal use of in non subroutine subprogram The alternate return specifier is legal only in the subroutine statement Programs functions and block data are not allowed to have alternate return specifiers S050 Assumed size array is not a dummy argument 051 Unrecognized built in function The allowable built in functions are VAL REE LOC and FILL One was encountered that did not match one of these allowed forms S052 Illegal argument to VAL or LOC S053 SREF or VAL not legal in this context The built in functions REF and VAL can only be used as actual parameters in procedure calls W054 Implicit character used in a previous implicit statement An implicit character has been given an implied data type more than once The implied data type for the implicit character is changed anyway W055 Multiple implicit none statements The IMPLICIT NONE statement can occur only once in a subprogram WO56 Implicit type declaration The Mdclchk switch and an implicit declaration
151. eration of prefetch instructions on processors where they are supported Possible values for option include d m set the fetch ahead distance for prefetch instructions to m cache lines 89 M Options by Category n p set the maximum number of prefetch instructions to generate for a given loop to p nta use the prefetch instruction plain use the prefetch instruction default t0 use the prefetcht0 instruction w use the AMD specific prefetchw instruction Mnoprefetch Disables generation of prefetch instructions M no propcond Enables or disables constant propagation from assertions derived from equality conditionals The default is enabled Mr8 pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only the compiler promotes REAL variables and constants to DOUBLE PRECISION variables and constants respectively DOUBLE PRECISION elements are 8 bytes in length Mnor8 pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only the compiler does not promote REAL variables and constants to DOUBLE PRECISION REAL variables will be single precision 4 bytes in length Mr8intrinsics pgf77 pgf95 and pgfortran only the compiler treats the intrinsics CMPLX and REAL as DCMPLX and DBLE respectively Mnor8intrinsics pgf77 pgf95 and pgfortran only the compiler does not promote the intrinsics CMPLX and REAL to DCMPIX and DBLE respectively Msafept r 0option option pgcc and pgcpp only instructs the C C compiler to override data dependencies
152. ermitted in string literals Scoped enumeration types defined with the keyword sequence enum class and explicit underlying integer types for enumeration types are supported For example enum class Primary red green blu E Salina CLASS Delnaeer ejsea vello mel ip No Ccomelalce om EN enum Code unsigned char yes no maybe vorc it 1 Primary p Primary red Enum qualifier is required to access scoped enumerator constants Code c Code maybe Enum qualifier is allowed but not required for unscoped enumeration types Lambdas are supported For example template lt class F gt int z F f return 0 ime gh A int v 7 return z i 571 aine E aae ff eea A A Chapter 6 C Dialect Supported The C99 style _Pragma operator is supported Rvalue references are supported For example aloe de loe ee ES Functions can be deleted For example int f int delete Shirin E Pere Gis int x 3 Error selected function is deleted ime y tl Snore S e Okay Special member functions can be explicitly defaulted i e given a default definition For example SErUCh SG i eS conste dsteulos 73 Siciepicie WM CW CGoOmsiee A T T T const amp default 149 150 Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows PGI Fortran for Windows provides access to a number of libraries that export C interfaces by using Fort
153. ers INTEGER 4 x64 Pointers INTEGER 8 For more information on data types refer to Fortran Data Types on page 1 Using DFLIB LIBM and DFPORT PGI includes Fortran module interfaces to libraries supporting some standard C library C math library and Unix Linux Mac OS X system call functionality These functions are provided by the DFLIB LIBM and DFPORT modules To utilize these modules add the appropriate USE statement use dflib use libm use dfport DFLIB Table 7 2 lists the functions that DF LIB includes In the table Generic refers to a generic routine To view the prototype and interfaces look in the location described in Source Files on page 151 Table 7 2 DFLIB Function Summary Routine Result Description commitqq LOGICAL 4 Executes any pending write operations for the file associated with the specified unit to the file s physical device delfilesqq INTEGER 4 Deletes the specified files in a specified directory findfileqq INTEGER 4 Searches for a file in the directories specified in the PATH environment variable fullpathqq INTEGER 4 Returns the full path for a specified file or directory getdat INTEGER 2 4 8 Generic Returns the date getdrivedirqq INTEGER 4 Returns the current drive and directory path getenvqq INTEGER 4 Returns a value from the current environment getfileinfoqq INTEGER 4 Returns information about files with names that
154. es bool bool Usage In the following example the compiler does not recognize bool S Jaja JD MANDAN ae Description Use this option to enable or disable recognition of bool Related options None no_ builtin Compile with or without math subroutine builtin support Default The default is to compile with math subroutine support builtin Usage In the following example the compiler does not build with math subroutine support S ae A0 bui Ieakioy oo ele Description Use this option to enable or disable compiling with math subroutine builtin support When you compile with math subroutine builtin support the selected math library routines are inlined Related options cfront_2 1 pgcpp only Enables compilation of C with cfront 2 1 compatibility and acceptance of anachronisms Default The compiler does not accept cfront language constructs that are not part of the C language definition Usage In the following example the compiler accepts cfront constructs pgcpp cfront_2 1 myprog cc Description Use this option to enable compilation of C with cfront 2 1 compatibility The compiler then accepts language constructs that while not part of the C language definition are accepted by the AT amp T C Language System cfront release 2 1 This option also enables acceptance of anachronisms Related options b b3 cfront3 0 p A cfront_3 0 pgcpp only Enables compilation of C with cfr
155. es provide lists of the functions in each library or module that PGI supports in DEWIN Note For information on the interfaces associated with these functions refer to the files located here C Program Files PGI win32 10 0 0 sre or C Program Files PGI win64 10 0 0 sre advapi32 160 The following table lists the functions that advapi32 includes Table 7 5 DFWIN advapi32 Functions AccessCheckAndAuditAlarm AccessCheckByType AccessCheckByTypeAndAuditAlarm AccessCheckByTypeResultList AccessCheckByTypeResultListAndAuditAlarm AccessCheckByTypeResultListAndAuditAlarmByHandle AddAccessAllowedAce AddAccessAllowedAceEx AddAccessAllowedObjectAce AddAccessDeniedAceEx AddAce AddAuditAccessAceEx AdjustTokenGroups AllocateAndInitializeSid AreAllAccessesGranted BackupEventLog ClearEventLog CloseEventLog CopySid CreatePrivateObjectSecurityEx CreateProcessAsUser CreateProcessWithTokenW CreateWellKnownSid DeleteAce DestroyPrivateObjectSecurity DuplicateTokenEx EqualDomainSid EqualSid FindFirstFreeAce GetAce GetCurrentHwProfile GetFileSecurity GetLengthSid GetOldestEventLogRecord GetSecurityDescriptorControl GetSecurityDescriptorGroup GetSecurityDescriptorOwner GetSecurityDescriptorSacl GetSidLengthRequired GetSidSubAuthorityCount GetUserName ImpersonateAnonymousToken ImpersonateNamedPipeClient Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows AddAccessDeniedAce AddAccessDeniedObjectAce AddAuditAccessAce A
156. es whether the compiler creates a listing file Miscellaneous no m128 Recognizes ignores __m128 __m128d and Code Generation __m128i datatypes C only makedll Generate a dynamic link library DLL Windows Miscellaneous only makeimplib Passes the def switch to the librarian without a Miscellaneous deffile when used without def deffile pgflag mpi option Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Description Category Link to MPI libraries MPICH1 MPICH2 or Microsoft MPI libraries Code Generation neginfo Instructs the compiler to produce information on why certain optimizations are not performed Miscellaneous noframe Eliminates operations that set up a true stack frame pointer for functions Optimization noi4 Determines how the compiler treats INTEGER variables pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only Optimization nomain When the link step is called don t include the object file that calls the Fortran main program pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only Code Generation noopenmp When used in combination with the mp option the compiler ignores OpenMP parallelization directives or pragmas but still processes SGI style parallelization directives or pragmas Miscellaneous nopgdllmain Do not link the module containing the default DliMain into the DLL Windows only Miscellaneous norpath On Linux do not add rpath paths to the link line
157. etMenulnfo SetMessageExtralnto LoadIcon2 LoadMenul LoadString LockWorksStation LRESULT MapVirtualKeyEx MessageBeep MessageBoxIndirect MonitorFromPoint mouse_event MsgWaitForMultipleObjectsEx OemToChar OpenClipboard OpenInputDesktop PeekMessage PostThreadMessage PtInRect RedrawWindow RegisterClipboardFormat RegisterRawInputDevices ReleaseCapture RemoveProp ScrollDC SendDlgltemMessage SendMessageCallback SetActiveWindow SetCaretPos SetClassWord SetCursor SetDlgItemInt SetFocus SetLastErrorEx SetMenuContextHelpld SetMenultemBitmaps SetMessageQueue LoadImage LoadMenu2 LockSetForegroundWindow LookupIconIdFromDirectory MapDialogRect MapWindowPoints MessageBox ModifyMenul MonitorFromRect MoveWindow NotifyWinEvent OemToCharBuff OpenDesktop OpenWindowstation PostMessage PrintWindow RealChildWindowFromPoint RegisterClass RegisterDeviceNotification RegisterShellHookWindow ReleaseDC ReplyMessage ScrollWindow SendInput SendMessageTimeout SetCapture SetClassLong SetClipboardData SetCursorPos SetDlgltemText SetForegroundWindow SetLayeredWindowattributes SetMenuDefaultltem SetMenultemInfo SetParent SetProcessDefaultLayout SetRect SetScrollPos SetSystemCursor SetUserObjectInformation SetWindowLong SetWindowPos SetWindowsHookEx SetWinEventHook ShowOwnedPopups ShowWindowAsync SwitchDesktop TabbedTextOut ToAsciiEx TrackMouseEvent TranslateAccelerator UnhookWindowsHook UnionR
158. following switch generates optimized code for three targets k8 64 p7 64 and core2 64 Syntax for optimizing for multiple targets tp k8 64 p7 64 core2 64 The tp k8 64 and tp k8 64e options result in generation of code supported on and optimized for AMD x64 processors while the tp p7 64 option results in generation of code that is supported on and optimized for Intel x64 processors Performance of k8 64 or k8 64e code executed on Intel x64 processors or of p7 64 code executed on AMD x64 processors can often be significantly less than that obtained with a native binary Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference The special tp x64 option is equivalent to tp k8 64 p7 64 This switch produces PGI Unified Binary programs containing code streams fully optimized and supported for both AMD64 and Intel EM64T processors For more information on unified binaries refer tothe section Processor Specific Optimization and the Unified Binary in the PGI Compiler User s Guide Processor Specific Optimization amp the Unified Binary on page 137 Related options M lt pgflag gt options that control environments no traceback Adds debug information for runtime traceback for use with the environment variable PGI_TERM Default The compiler enables traceback for FORTRAN 77 and Fortran 90 95 and disables traceback for C and C Syntax traceback Usage In this example pgfortran enables traceback for the pr
159. formational messages about the intensity of the loop Specify lt n gt to get messages on nested loops e For floating point loops intensity is defined as the number of floating point operations divided by the number of floating point loads and stores e For integer loops the loop intensity is defined as the total number of integer arithmetic operations which may include updates of loop counts and addresses divided by the total number of integer loads and stores e By default the messages just apply to innermost loops ipa instructs the compiler to display information about interprocedural optimizations loop instructs the compiler to display information about loops such as information on vectorization 96 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference lre instructs the compiler to enable LRE loop carried redundancy elimination information mp instructs the compiler to display information about parallelization opt instructs the compiler to display information about optimization par instructs the compiler to enable parallelizer information pfo instructs the compiler to enable profile feedback information time instructs the compiler to display compilation statistics unroll instructs the compiler to display information about loop unrolling vect instructs the compiler to enable vectorizer information Minform level instructs the compiler to display error messages at the specified and higher levels where le
160. fter the assembling phase and writes the object code to a file Default The compiler produces an executable file does not use the c option Usage In this example the compiler produces the object file myprog o in the current directory S pogtorcran S MIOS dE Description Use the c option to halt the compilation process after the assembling phase and write the object code to a file If the input file is filename the output file is filename o Related options E Mkeepasm o and S d lt arg gt Prints additional information from the preprocessor Valid only for c pgcc Default No additional information is printed from the preprocessor Syntax d DIT MIN dD Print macros and values from source files dI Print include file names dM Print macros and values including predefined and command line macros dN Print macro names from source files Usage In the following example the compiler prints macro names from the source file S pgfortran dN myprog f Description Use the d lt arg gt option to print additional information from the preprocessor Related options E D U D 20 Creates a preprocessor macro with a given value Note You can use the D option more than once on a compiler command line The number of active macro definitions is limited only by available memory Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Syntax Dname value Where name is the symbolic name a
161. functions that use varargs floating point arguments passed in registers must be passed in both an XMM register and its corresponding general purpose register C Parameter Conversion In C for a called prototyped function the parameter type in the called function must match the argument type in the calling function e Ifthe called function is not prototyped the calling convention uses the types of the arguments but promotes char or short to int and unsigned char or unsigned short to unsigned int and promotes float to double unless you use the Ms ingle option For more information on the Ms ingle option refer to Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference e Ifthe called function is prototyped the unused bits of a register containing a char or short parameter are undefined and the called function must extend the sign of the unused bits when needed Calling Assembly Language Programs Example 5 5 C Program Calling an Assembly language Routine Piles testmain main long 1_paral 0x3 800000 EOE E oeuzes IL 07 double d_para3 0 5 float f_return extern float sum_3 long paral float para2 double para3 E mer bisa Sun gt 1 josucelll E paras claras printf Parameter one type long 08x1n 1_paral printf Parameter two type float f n f_para2 printf Parameter three type double gin d_para3 tae Mas sun afco Conversion siya E retorn o Pile sum 5 8
162. fy the defaults are as follows noasmkeyword nosingle dollar _ schar Usage In this example the compiler allows the asm keyword in the source file pgcc Masmkeyword myprog c In the following example the compiler maps the dollar sign to the dot character pgcc Mdollar myprog c In the following example the compiler treats floating point constants as float values pgcc Mfcon myprog c In the following example the compiler does not convert float parameters to double parameters pgcc Msingle myprog c Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Without Muchar or with Mschar the variable ch is a signed character Chiaiame ln signed char sch If Muchar is specified on the command line pgcc Muchar myprog c char ch in the preceding declaration is equivalent to unsigned char ch The following list provides the syntax for each M lt pgflag gt option that controls code generation Each option has a description and if appropriate any related options Masmkeyword instructs the compiler to allow the asm keyword in C source files The syntax of the asm statement is as follows asm statement Where statement is a legal assembly language statement The quote marks are required Note The current default is to support gcc s extended asm where the syntax of extended asm includes asm strings The M no asmkeyword switch is useful only if the target device is a Pentium 3 or older cpu type tp piii
163. ge indicates an error in the compiler rather than a user error although it may be possible for a user error to cause an internal error The severity may vary if it is informative or warning correct object code was probably generated but it is not safe to rely on this Regardless of the severity or cause internal errors should be reported to trs pgroup com 192 Chapter 9 Messages F001 Source input file name not specified On the command line source file name should be specified either before all the switches or after them F002 Unable to open source input file Source file name is misspelled file is not in current working directory or file is read protected F003 Unable to open listing file Probably user does not have write permission for the current working directory F004 Generic message for file errors F005 Unable to open temporary file Compiler uses directory usr tmp or tmp in which to create temporary files If neither of these directories is available on the node on which the compiler is being used this error will occur S006 Input file empty Source input file does not contain any Fortran statements other than comments or compiler directives F007 Subprogram too large to compile at this optimization level Internal compiler data structure overflow working storage exhausted or some other non recoverable problem related to the size of the subprogram If this error occurs at opt 2 reducing the opt leve
164. ght without conversion e A reference to a non const type may be initialized from a value that is a const qualified version of the same type but only if the value is the result of selecting a member from a const class object or a pointer to such an object e A cast to an array type is allowed it is treated like a cast to a pointer to the array element type A warning is issued e When an array is selected from a class the type qualifiers on the class object if any are not preserved in the selected array In the normal mode any type qualifiers on the object are preserved in the element type of the resultant array e An identifier in a function is allowed to have the same name as a parameter of the function A warning is issued Chapter 6 C Dialect Supported e An expression of type void may be supplied on the return statement in a function with a void return type A warning is issued e cfront has a bug that causes a global identifier to be found when a member of a class or one of its base classes should actually be found This bug is not emulated in cfront compatibility mode e A parameter of type const void is allowed on operator delete it is treated as equivalent to void e A period may be used for qualification where should be used Only may be used as a global qualifier Except for the global qualifier the two kinds of qualifier operators may not be mixed in a given name i e you may say A B C
165. gned 4 byte boundary 4 byte boundary 4 byte boundary 8 byte boundary long double 8 byte boundary long int 32 bit on Win64 4 byte boundary signed or unsigned long int linux86 64 8 byte boundary signed or unsigned C and C Data Types Data Type Alignment on this size boundary long long int 8 byte boundary signed or unsigned C and C Aggregate Data Types An aggregate data type consists of one or more scalar data type objects You can declare the following aggregate data types array consists of one or more elements of a single data type placed in contiguous locations from first to last class C only is a class that defines an object and its member functions The object can contain fundamental data types or other aggregates including other classes The class members are allocated in the order they appear in the definition but may not occupy contiguous locations struct is a structure that can contain different data types The members are allocated in the order they appear in the definition but may not occupy contiguous locations When a struct is defined with member functions its alignment rules are the same as those for a class union is a single location that can contain any of a specified set of scalar or aggregate data types A union can have only one value at a time The data type of the union member to which data is assigned determines the data type of the union
166. guage format source code pgf95 pgfortran only func32 The compiler aligns all functions to 32 byte Code Generation boundaries gccbug s Matches behavior of certain gcc bugs Miscellaneous info Prints informational messages regarding Miscellaneous optimization and code generation to standard output as compilation proceeds inform Specifies the minimum level of error severity that the Miscellaneous compiler displays inline Invokes the function inliner Inlining instrumentation Generates code to enable instrumentation of Miscellaneous functions no ipa Invokes interprocedural analysis and optimization Optimization no iomutex Determines whether critical sections are generated Fortran Language around Fortran I O calls pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only keepasm Instructs the compiler to keep the assembly file Miscellaneous largeaddressaware Enables support for 64 bit indexing and single static Code Generation data objects of size larger than 2GB no large_arrays Enables support for 64 bit indexing and single static data objects of size larger than 2GB Code Generation lfs Links in libraries that allow file I O to files of size Environment larger than 2GB on 32 bit systems 32 bit Linux only no loop32 Aligns does not align innermost loops on 32 byte Code Generation boundaries with tp barcelona no re Disable enable loop carried redundancy Optimization elimination list Specifi
167. he PGI Compiler User s Guide time Generate a profile using time based instruction level statistical sampling This is equivalent to pg except that the profile is saved to a file names pgprof out rather than gmon out Mrecursive instructs the compiler to allow Fortran subprograms to be called recursively Mnorecursive Fortran subprograms may not be called recursively Mref_externals force references to names appearing in EXTERNAL statements pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only Mnoref_externals do not force references to names appearing in EXTERNAL statements pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only Mreentrant instructs the compiler to avoid optimizations that can prevent code from being reentrant Mnoreentrant instructs the compiler not to avoid optimizations that can prevent code from being reentrant Msecond_underscore instructs the compiler to add a second underscore to the name of a Fortran global symbol if its name already contains an underscore This option is useful for maintaining compatibility with object code compiled using g77 which uses this convention by default pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only Mnosecond_underscore instructs the compiler not to add a second underscore to the name of a Fortran global symbol if its name already contains an underscore pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only 73 M Options by Category Msignextend instructs the compiler to extend the sign bit that is set as a result of
168. he file myprog map pgfortran m myprog f Description Use this option to display a link map e On Linux the map is written to stdout e On Windows the map is written to a map file whose name depends on the executable If the executable is myprog f the map file is in myprog map Related options c o s u m32 Use the 32 bit compiler for the default processor type Usage When the following example is executed on Windows pgfortran uses the 32 bit compiler for the default processor type pgfortran m32 myprog f Description Use this option to specify the 32 bit compiler as the default processor type m64 Use the 64 bit compiler for the default processor type Usage When the following example is executed on Windows pgfortran uses the 64 bit compiler for the default processor type S pgfortran m64 myprog f Description Use this option to specify the 64 bit compiler as the default processor type M lt pgflag gt Selects options for code generation The options are divided into the following categories Code generation Fortran Language Controls Optimization Environment C C Language Controls Miscellaneous Inlining 31 Generic PGI Compiler Options The following table lists and briefly describes the options alphabetically and includes a field showing the category For more details about the options as they relate to these categories refer to M Options by Category on page 113 32 pgfl
169. he pgfortran command and most source code examples are written in Fortran Usage of the PGF77 compiler whose features are a subset of PGF95 or PGFORTRAN is similar Usage of PGC and PGCC is consistent with PGF95 PGFORTRAN and PGF77 though there are command line options and features of these compilers that do not apply to PGF95 PGFORTRAN and PGF77 and vice versa There are a wide variety of x86 compatible processors in use All are supported by the PGI compilers and tools Most of these processors are forward compatible but not backward compatible meaning that code compiled to target a given processor will not necessarily execute correctly on a previous generation processor A table listing the processor options that PGI supports is available in the Release Notes The table also includes the features utilized by the PGI compilers that distinguish them from a compatibility standpoint In this manual the convention is to use x86 to specify the group of processors that are 32 bit but not 64 bit The convention is to use x64 to specify the group of processors that are both 32 bit and 64 bit x86 processor based systems can run only 32 bit operating systems x64 processor based systems can run either 32 bit or 64 bit operating systems and can execute all 32 bit x86 binaries in either case x64 processors have additional registers and 64 bit addressing capabilities that are utilized by the PGI compilers and tools when running on a 64
170. he preprocessed file myprog i in the current directory S pgcpp P myprog cc Description Use this option to halt the compilation process after preprocessing and write the preprocessed output to a file If the input file is filename c or filename cc then the output file is filename i Related options C c E Mkeepasm o S pgcpp only Disallow all anachronistic constructs Default The compiler disallows all anachronistic constructs Usage In the following example the compiler disallows all anachronistic constructs pgcpp p myprog ce Description Use this option to disallow all anachronistic constructs Related options None pgcpp only Automatically use and or create a precompiled header file Note If use_pch or create_pch manual PCH mode appears on the command line following this option this option has no effect Default The compiler does not automatically use or create a precompiled header file Usage In the following example the compiler automatically uses a precompiled header file S Teee awe Chemyprogacc Description Use this option to automatically use and or create a precompiled header file Related options create_pch pc_dir use_pch Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference pch_dir directoryname pgcpp only Specifies the directory in which to search for and or create a precompiled header file The compiler searches your PATH for precompiled header files use or cre
171. he result of previous calculations performed on the floating point stack then an 80 bit value used instead of a 64 bit value can result in slight discrepancies Results can even change sign due to the sin curve being too close to an x intercept value when evaluated To maintain consistency in this case you can assure that the compiler generates code that calls a function According to the x86 ABI a function call must push its arguments on the stack in this way memory is guaranteed to be accessed even if the argument is an actual constant Thus even if the called function simply performs the inline expansion using the function call as a wrapper to sin has the effect of trimming the argument precision down to the expected size Using the Mnobuilt in option on the command line for C accomplishes this task by resolving all math routines in the library 1 ibm performing a function call of necessity The other method of generating a function call for math routines but one that may still produce the inline instructions is by using the Kieee switch according to Intel documentation this only affects the x87 operations of add subtract multiply divide and square root In particular it does not appear to affect the x87 transcendental instructions 42 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference A second example illustrates the precision control problem using a section of code to determine machine precision program find_precision w 1 0
172. he static version of the PGI runtime libraries fo pororcran Berati lo jeeie dl yde Description You can use this option to explicitly compile for and link to the static version of the PGI runtime libraries Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Note On Linux Bstatic_pgi results in code that runs on most Linux systems without requiring a Portability package For more information on using static libraries on Windows refer to Creating and Using Static Libraries on Windows in the Creating and Using Libraries chapter of the PGI Compiler User s Guide Related options Bdynamic Bstatic Mdll byteswapio Swaps the byte order of data in unformatted Fortran data files on input output Default The compiler does not byte swap data on input output Usage The following command line requests that byte swapping be performed on input output S pgfortran byteswapio myprog f Description Use the byteswapio option to swap the byte order of data in unformatted Fortran data files on input output When this option is used the order of bytes is swapped in both the data and record control words the latter occurs in unformatted sequential files You can use this option to convert big endian format data files produced by most RISC workstations and high end servers to the little endian format used on x86 or x64 systems on the fly during file reads writes This option assumes that the record layouts of unformat
173. hould not be used with new code srand1 None Sets the seed for the pseudo random number generation that rand1 provides srand2 None Sets the seed for the pseudo random number generation that rand2 provides stat INTEGER 4 Obtains information about the specified file stat64 INTEGER 4 Obtains information in a 64 bit structure about the specified file stime INTEGER 4 Sets the current value of the specified parameter for the system wide timer symlink INTEGER 4 Creates a symbolic link with the specified name to the specified file system INTEGER 4 Runs a shell command time INTEGER 4 Returns the time in seconds since January 1 1970 timef REAL 8 Returns the elapsed time in milliseconds since the first call to timef times INTEGER 4 Fills the specified structure with time accounting information ttynam STRING 100 Either gets the path name of the terminal or determines if the device is a terminal unlink INTEGER 4 Removes the specified directory entry and decreases the link count of the file referenced by the link wait INTEGER 4 Suspends the calling thread until the process receives a signal that is not blocked or ignored or until the calling process child processes stop or terminate 159 Using the DFWIN module Using the DFWIN module The DFwWIN module includes all the modules needed to access the Win32 API You can use modules supporting specific portions of the Win32 API separately Dr wn is the only m
174. ht bytes If these eight bytes only contain floating point types these eight bytes will be passed in the next available XMM register of the sequence from xmm0 to xmm7 If the first or second eight bytes of the structure or union cannot be passed in a register for some reason the entire structure or union must be passed in memory Passing Arguments on the Stack If there are arguments left after every argument register has been allocated the remaining arguments are passed to the function on the stack The unassigned arguments are pushed on the stack in reverse order with the last argument pushed first Table 5 9 Register Allocation for Example A 2 shows the register allocation and stack frame offsets for the function declaration and call shown in the following example Both table and example are adapted from System V Application Binary Interface AMD64 Architecture Processor Supplement Example 5 2 Parameter Passing typedef struct iin Ep lop double d structparam stEuctparam Ss ae 3 Es o Mp do Ey Ike Eloat Elec double m n steza vole fune mt int E Staveren Ss dime Gj lie la flog le clowsle m cloulsle m amt i Tae 3 mie le Vorel ta 0 fumo e Ej Sp OG Id EME iW mM de Ip 1D E Table 5 9 Register Allocation for Example A 2 General Purpose Floating Point Stack Frame Registers Registers Offset rdi e xmm0 s d 0 j rsi f xmml flt 8 k rdx s a s b xmm2
175. ied release instead of the default release Note There can be no space between v and release_number Default The compiler does not display version information and uses the release specified by your path to compile Usage The following command line shows the output using the v option pgfortran V myprog f The following command line causes pgcc to compile using the 5 2 release instead of the default release a IES VDE MIND Description Use this option to display additional information including version messages or if a release_number is appended to instruct the compiler driver to attempt to compile using the specified release instead of the default release The specified release must be co installed with the default release and must have a release number greater than or equal to 4 1 which was the first release that supported this functionality Related options Minfo v Displays the invocations of the compiler assembler and linker Default The compiler does not display individual phase invocations Usage In the following example you use v to see the commands sent to compiler tools assembler and linker pgfortran v myprog f90 Description Use the v option to display the invocations of the compiler assembler and linker These invocations are command lines created by the compiler driver from the files and the W options you specify on the compiler command line Chapter 2 Command Line Optio
176. ile serial and parallel applications for x86 processor based systems The PGI Compiler Reference Manual is the reference companion to the PGI Compiler User s Guide which provides operating instructions for the PGI command level development environment It also contains details concerning the PGI compilers interpretation of the Fortran language implementation of Fortran language extensions and command level compilation Users are expected to have previous experience with or knowledge of the Fortran programming language Neither guide teaches the Fortran programming language Audience Description This manual is intended for scientists and engineers using the PGI compilers To use these compilers you should be aware of the role of high level languages such as Fortran C and C as well as assembly language in the software development process and you should have some level of understanding of programming The PGI compilers are available on a variety of x86 or x64 hardware platforms and operating systems You need to be familiar with the basic commands available on your system Compatibility and Conformance to Standards Your system needs to be running a properly installed and configured version of the compilers For information on installing PGI compilers and tools refer to the Release Notes and Installation Guide included with your software For further information refer to the following e American National Standard Programming Language
177. iler In the descriptions that follow PGI style profiling implies compiler generated source instrumentation MPICH style profiling implies the use of instrumented wrappers for MPI library routines The option argument can be any of the following no ccff Enable disable common compiler feedback format CCFF information dwarf Generate limited DWARF symbol information sufficient for most performance profilers func Perform PGI style function level profiling hwcts Generate a profile using event based sampling of hardware counters via the PAPI interface linux86 64 platform only PAPI must be installed 72 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference lines Perform PGI style line level profiling mpichl Perform MPICH style profiling for MPICH 1 Implies Mmpi mpich1 Linux only mpich2 Perform MPICH style profiling for MPICH 2 Implies Mmpi mpich2 Linux with MPI support licence privileges only For more information refer to the section Using MPICH 2 on Linux in the PGI Compiler User s Guide msmpi Perform MPICH style profiling for Microsoft MPI Implies vmpi msmpi This option is valid only if the MS MPI components are installed For more information refer to the section Using MS MPI on Windows in the PGI Compiler User s Guide mvapichl Use profiled MVAPICH communication library Implies Umpi mvapich1 Linux only For more information refer to the section Using MVAPICH on Linux in t
178. ility 1 0 cc11 Generate code for compute capability 1 1 cc12 Generate code for compute capability 1 2 cc13 Generate code for compute capability 1 3 cc20 Generate code for compute capability 2 0 cc30 Generate code for compute capability 3 0 cc35 Generate code for compute capability 3 5 cuda2 3 or 2 3 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 2 3 cuda3 0 or 3 0 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 3 0 cuda3 1 or 3 1 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 3 1 cuda3 2 or 3 2 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 3 2 cuda4 0 or 4 0 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 4 0 cuda4 1 or 4 1 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 4 1 cuda4 2 or 4 2 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 4 2 cuda5 0 or 5 0 Sets the toolkit compatibility version to 5 0 This is the default cuda5 5 or 5 5 Specify the NVIDIA CUDA 5 5 version of the toolkit 78 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Note Compile with the CUDA 5 0 or CUDA 5 5 toolkit either by using the Mcuda 5 0 or Mcuda 5 5 option or by adding set CUDAVERSION 5 0 Or set CUDAVERSION 5 5 to the siterc file This action generates binaries that may not work on machines with an earlier CUDA driver pgaccelinfo prints the driver version as the first line of output For a 2 3 driver CUDA Driver Version 2030 For a 3 0 driver For a 3 1 driver For a 3 2 driver For a 4 0 driver For a 4 1 driver For a 4 2 d
179. in which you may have no interest You can use this option to not issue those warnings 57 C and C specific Compiler Options Related options silent Use legacy standard mode for C and C Default None Usage In the following example the compiler uses legacy standard mode pgec Xs myprog c Description Use this option to use legacy standard mode for C and C Further this option implies alias traditional Related options alias Xt Use legacy transitional mode for C and C Default None Usage In the following example the compiler uses legacy transitional mode S pgec Xt myprog c Description Use this option to use legacy transitional mode for C and C Further this option implies alias traditional Related options alias Xs C and C specific Compiler Options 58 There are a large number of compiler options specific to the PGCC and PGC compilers especially PGC This section provides the details of several of these options but is not exhaustive For a complete list of available options including an exhaustive list of PGC options use the help command line option For further detail on a given option use help and specify the option explicitly as described in help on page 44 pgcpp only Instructs the PGC compiler to accept code conforming to the proposed ANSI C standard issuing errors for non conforming code Default By default the compiler acce
180. inary code including full optimizations and support for both AMD and Intel x64 processors Refer to the PGI Release Notes for a concise list of the features of these processors that distinguish them as separate targets when using the PGI compilers and tools The syntax for 64 bit and 32 bit targets is similar even though the target information varies Syntax for 64 bit targets tp k8 64 k8 64e p7 64 core2 64 x64 Syntax for 32 bit targets o k8 32 196 jay cozez pida 70 Using tp to Generate a Unified Binary 54 Different processors have differences some subtle in hardware features such as instruction sets and cache size The compilers make architecture specific decisions about such things as instruction selection instruction scheduling and vectorization Any of these decisions can have significant effects on performance and compatibility PGI unified binaries provide a low overhead means for a single program to run well on a number of hardware platforms You can use the tp option to produce PGI Unified Binary programs The compilers generate and combine into one executable multiple binary code streams each optimized for a specific platform At runtime this one executable senses the environment and dynamically selects the appropriate code stream The target processor switch tp accepts a comma separated list of 64 bit targets and will generate code optimized for each listed target For example the
181. information is word 4 byte halfword 2 byte and double word 8 byte Linux86 and Win32 Programming Model This section defines compiler and assembly language conventions for the use of certain aspects of an x86 processor running a linux86 or Win32 operating system These standards must be followed to guarantee that compilers application programs and operating systems written by different people and organizations will work together The conventions supported by the PGCC ANSI C compiler implement the application binary interface ABI as defined in the System V Application Binary Interface Intel Processor Supplement and the System V Application Binary Interface listed in the Related Publications section in the Preface Function Calling Sequence This section describes the standard function calling sequence including the stack frame register usage and parameter passing Register Usage Conventions The following table defines the standard for register allocation The 32 bit x86 Architecture provides a number of registers All the integer registers and all the floating point registers are global to all procedures in a running program 115 Linux86 and Win32 Programming Model Table 5 1 Register Allocation Purpose General eax integer return value edx dividend register for divide operations eCX count register shift and string operations ebx local register variable ebp optional stack
182. insert_si64 _mm_stream_ss _mm_extracti_si64 _mm_inserti_si64 ABM Intrinsics PGI supports a set of ABM Intrinsics which allow the use of the ABM instructions directly from C C code without writing the assembly instructions The following table lists the ABM intrinsics that PGI supports Table 8 7 ABM Intrinsics intrin h __lzcntl6 __lzcnt64 __popent __rdtscp __lzcnt _ popentl6 __popent64 Avx Intrinsics The following table lists the Avx intrinsics that PGI supports Table 8 8 Avx Intrinsics immintrin h _mm256_add_pd _mm256_add_ps mm256_addsub_pd mm256_addsub_ps _mm256_and_pd _mm256_and_ps mm256_andnot_pd mm256_andnot_ps mm256_blendv_pd mm256_blendv_ps _mm256_broadcast_pd _mm256_broadcast_ps _mm256_broadcast_sd _mm256_broadcast_ss mm256_castpd_si256 mm256_castps_si256 mm256_castpd_ps mm256_castps_pd _mm256_castpd128_pd256 _mm256_castpd256_pd128 _mm256_castsi256_pd _mm256_castsi256_ps _mm256_cvtepi32_pd _mm256_cvtepi32_ps mm256_cvtpd_epi32 _mm256_cvtps_epi32 mm256_cvtpd_ps _mm256_cvtps_pd mm256_cvttpd_epi32 mm256_cvttps_epi32 _mm256_div_pd _mm256_div_ps _mm256_hadd_pd _mm256_hadd_ps _mm256_hsub_pd _mm256_hsub_ps 188 _mm256_load_pd mm256_loadu_ps _mm256_maskstore_pd _mm256_max_ps _mm256_movemask_pd _mm256_mul_ps _mm256_rcp_ps _mm256_set_ps _mm256_setl_pd _mm256_set_epi64x _mm256_sqrt_pd _mm256_store_ps mm256_stream_pd _mm256_sub_pd _mm256_ testz_ps mm256_tes
183. integer representing the number of arguments for the last program entered on the command line idate INTEGER 4 Returns the date in numerical form day month year ierrno INTEGER 4 Returns the system error number for the last error inmax INTEGER 4 Returns the maximum positive integer value ioinit None Establishes the properties of file I O for files opened after the call to ioinit such as whether to recognize carriage control how to treat blanks and zeros and whether to open files at the beginning or end of the file irand1 INTEGER 4 Generates pseudo random integer in the range of 0 through 2 31 1 or 2 15 1 if called with no argument irand2 INTEGER 4 Generates pseudo random integer in the range of 0 through 2 31 1 or 2 15 1 if called with no argument irandm INTEGER 4 Generates pseudo random integer in the range of 0 through 2 31 1 or 2 15 1 if called with no argument isatty LOGICAL Finds the name of a terminal port Returns TRUE if the specified unit is a terminal itime numerical form Fills and returns TARRAY with numerical values at the of time current local time with elements 1 2 and 3 of TARRY being the hour 1 24 minute 1 60 and seconds 1 60 kill INTEGER 4 Sends the specified signal to the specified process or group of processes Returns 0 if successful 1 otherwise link INTEGER 4 Creates an additional directory entry for the specified existing file 157 Using DFLIB LIBM and
184. integral type the eight bytes will be returned in rax even if non integral types are also present in the eight bytes If the eight bytes only contain floating point types these eight bytes will be returned in xmm0 If the structure or union is larger than eight bytes but smaller than 17 bytes examine the type or types of the fields making up the second eight bytes of the structure or union If these eight bytes contain at least one integral type these eight bytes will be returned in rdx even if non integral types are also present in the eight bytes If the eight bytes only contain floating point types these eight bytes will be returned in xmm1 If a structure or union is returned in memory the caller provides the space for the return value and passes its address to the function as a hidden first argument in rdi This address will also be returned in rax Argument Passing Integral and Pointer Arguments Integral and pointer arguments are passed to a function using the next available register of the sequence rdi rsi rdx rcx r8 r9 After this list of registers has been exhausted all remaining integral and pointer arguments are passed to the function via the stack Floating Point Arguments Float and double arguments are passed to a function using the next available XMM register taken in the order from xmm0 to xmm7 After this list of registers has been exhausted all remaining float and double arguments are passed to the f
185. ion returns the process resumes its original execution Chapter 5 Run time Environment path with registers restored to their original values Thus programs and compilers may freely use all registers without danger of signal handlers changing their values Function Return Values Functions Returning Scalars or No Value A function that returns an integral or pointer value that fits in 64 bits places its result in rax A function that returns a floating point value that fits in the XMM registers returns this value in xmm0 A function that returns a value in memory via the stack places the address of this memory passed to the function as a hidden first argument in rcx in rax Functions that return no value also called procedures or void functions put no particular value in any register A call instruction pushes the address of the next instruction the return address onto the stack The return instruction pops the address off the stack and effectively continues execution at the next instruction after the call instruction A function that returns a scalar or no value must preserve the caller s registers as previously described Further the called function must remove the return address from the stack leaving the stack pointer rsp with the value it had before the call instruction was executed Functions Returning Structures or Unions A function can use either registers or the stack to return a structure or union The size and t
186. irective or pragma can only be applied at the routine or global level For more information about these levels refer to the PGi Compiler User s Guide Scope of C C Pragmas and Command Line Options on page 273 Refer to the PGI Workstation Release Notes for a list of targets that can be used as parameters to the tp directive unroll nounroll The unroll directive or pragma enables loop unrolling while nounroll disables loop unrolling Note The unroll directive or pragma has no effect on vectorized loops The directive or pragma takes arguments c and n e c specifies that c complete unrolling should be turned on or off e n specifies that n count unrolling should be turned on or off In addition the following arguments may be added to the unroll directive In addition the following arguments may be added to the unroll directive c v sets the threshold to which c unrolling applies v is a constant and a loop whose constant loop count isless than or equal to lt v is completely unrolled pgis unroll e v 109 Prefetch Directives and Pragmas n v adjusts threshold to which n unrolling applies v is a constant A loop to which n unrolling applies is unrolled v times cpgi unroll n v The directives unroll and nounroll only apply if Munro1 1 is selected on the command line vector novector The directive or pragma novector disables vectorization The directive or pragma vector re enables vectorization
187. ister rax acts as a hidden argument whose value is the number of XMM registers used in the call C Parameter Conversion In C for a called prototyped function the parameter type in the called function must match the argument type in the calling function If the called function is not prototyped the calling convention uses the types of the arguments but promotes char or short to int and unsigned char or unsigned short to unsigned int and promotes float to double unless you use the Ms ingle option For more information on the Msingle option refer to Chapter 3 Calling Assembly Language Programs The following example shows a C program calling an assembly language routine sum_3 Example 5 3 C Program Calling an Assembly language Routine fe Piles cesiamnaim e include lt stdio h gt int main Loma i_jeareil 2y lOs i pard 1 0 double d_para3 0 float f_return extern float sum_3 long paral float para2 double para3 E ayes Sim Sil joeiectil ic _joeiaciZ diparas printf Parameter one type long ld n 1_paral r printf Parameter two type float f n f_para2 printf Parameter three type double f n d_para3 printf The sum after conversion f n f_return return 0 CS SS Computes paral para2 para3 a CET 127 Linux86 64 Programming Model align 16 noob wesummes SUMS pushg Srbp movq srsp EPP evtsi2ssq rdi xmm2 addss xmm0 xmm2 cvtss2s
188. l pragma 107 safe pragma 107 safeptr pragma 108 Scalars Index alignment 2 5 C C 4 Fortran data types 1 Scopes C classes 101 Signals handlers 124 134 single pragma 109 Stacks alignment 134 argument order 126 contents 118 frame 116 134 frames 123 implementing 120 126 passing arguments 136 pointer 117 124 134 usage conventions 123 STDCALL ATTRIBUTES directive 113 Syntax prefetch directives 110 prefetch pragmas 110 System flags 117 E Table Fortran Data Type Representation 1 Real Data Type Ranges 2 Scalar Type Alignment 2 Tools PGDBG xvi PGPROE xvi xvi tp directive 109 tp pragma 109 Types derived 131 141 141 Fortran 128 Fortran in Win64 138 U unroll directive 109 unroll pragma 109 225 Vv VALUE ATTRIBUTES directive 113 vector directive 110 vector intrinsics recognition of 110 Vectorization 91 disable 110 SSE instructions 93 93 vector pragma 110 vintr directive 110 vintr pragma 110 226 NOTICE ALL NVIDIA DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS REFERENCE BOARDS FILES DRAWINGS DIAGNOSTICS LISTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS TOGETHER AND SEPARATELY MATERIALS ARE BEING PROVIDED AS IS NVIDIA MAKES NO WARRANTIES EXPRESSED IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO THE MATERIALS AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NONINFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Information furnished is believed t
189. l to 1 may work around the problem Moving the subprogram being compiled to its own source file may eliminate the problem If this error occurs while compiling a subprogram of fewer than 2000 statements it should be reported to the compiler maintenance group as a possible compiler problem F008 Error limit exceeded The compiler gives up because too many severe errors were issued the error limit can be reset on the command line F009 Unable to open assembly file Probably user does not have write permission for the current working directory F010 File write error occurred Probably file system is full S011 Unrecognized command line switch Refer to PGI Compiler User s Guide for list of allowed compiler switches S012 Value required for command line switch Certain switches require an immediately following value such as opt 2 S013 Unrecognized value specified for command line switch S014 Ambiguous command line switch Too short an abbreviation was used for one of the switches W015 Hexadecimal or octal constant truncated to fit data type I016 Identifier truncated to 63 chars An identifier may be at most 63 characters in length characters after the 63st are ignored 193 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 194 S017 Unable to open include file File is missing read protected or maximum include depth 10 exceeded Remember that the file name should be enclosed in quotes 018 Illegal label Used for
190. label field errors or illegal values E g in fixed source form the label field first five characters of the indicated line contains a non numeric character S019 Illegally placed continuation line A continuation line does not follow an initial line or more than 99 continuation lines were specified S020 Unrecognized compiler directive Refer to user s manual for list of allowed compiler directives S021 Label field of continuation line is not blank The first five characters of a continuation line must be blank S022 Unexpected end of file missing END statement S023 Syntax error unbalanced Unbalanced parentheses or brackets W024 CHARACTER or Hollerith constant truncated to fit data type A character or hollerith constant was converted to a data type that was not large enough to contain all of the characters in the constant This type conversion occurs when the constant is used in an arithmetic expression or is assigned to a non character variable The character or hollerith constant is truncated on the right that is if 4 characters are needed then the first 4 are used and the remaining characters are discarded W025 Illegal character ignored The current line contains a character possibly non printing which is not a legal Fortran character characters inside of character or Hollerith constants cannot cause this error As a general rule all non printing characters are treated as white space characters blanks and tabs n
191. le usage information for Min1 ine is printed to standard output pgcc help Minlin Minline lib lt inlib gt lt func gt except lt func gt name lt func gt size lt n gt levels lt n gt Enable function inlining lib lt extlib gt Use extracted functions from extlib lt func gt Inline function func except lt func gt Do not inline function func MENS Siebel alias Evian sine size lt n gt Inline only functions smaller than n levels lt n gt Inline n levels of functions Minline Inline all functions that were extracted In the following example usage information for help shows how groups of options can be listed or examined according to function pgcc help help help groups asm debug language linker opt other overall phase prepro suffix switch target variable Description Use the help option to obtain information about available options and their syntax You can use help in one of three ways e Use help with no parameters to obtain a list of all the available options with a brief one line description of each e Add a parameter to help to restrict the output to information about a specific option The syntax for this usage is this help lt command line option gt e Add a parameter to help to restrict the output to a specific set of options or to a building process The syntax for this usage is this help lt subgroup gt The following table lists and describes the subgroup
192. lename ext instructs the inliner to inline the functions within the library file filename ext The compiler assumes that a filename ext option containing a period is a library file Create the library file 82 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference using the Mextract option You can also use a lib prefix followed by the library name If lib is specified no period is necessary in the library name Functions from the specified library are inlined If no library is specified functions are extracted from a temporary library created during an extract prepass levels number instructs the inliner to perform number levels of inlining The default number is 1 no reshape instructs the inliner to allow disallow inlining in Fortran even when array shapes do not match The default is Minline noreshape except with Mconcur or mp where the default is Minline re shape reshape size number instructs the inliner to inline functions with number or fewer statements You can also use a size prefix followed by a number If size is specified what follows is always taken as a number If you specify both func and number the compiler inlines functions that match the function name or have number or fewer statements For examples of inlining functions refer to Using Function Inlining in the PGI Compiler User s Guide Optimization Controls This section describes the M lt peflag gt options that control optimization Before
193. ler does not display error message numbers for generated diagnostic messages Usage In the following example the compiler displays the error message number for any generated diagnostic messages PLEASE PROVIDE ONE S pgcpp display_error_number myprog cc Description Use this option to display the error message number in any diagnostic messages that are generated You can use this option to determine the error number to be used when overriding the severity of a diagnostic message Related options diag_error tag diag_remark tag diag_suppress tag diag_warning tag 63 C and C specific Compiler Options e lt number gt pgcpp only Set the C front end error limit to the specified lt number gt no_Jexceptions pgcpp only Enables or disables exception handling support Default The compiler provides exception handling support exceptions Usage In the following example the compiler does not provide exception handling support S pgcpp no_exceptions myprog cc Description Use this option to enable or disable exception handling support Related options zc_eh gnu_extensions pgcpp only Allows GNU extensions Default The compiler does not allow GNU extensions Usage In the following example the compiler allows GNU extensions pgcpp gnu_extensions myprog cc Description Use this option to allow GNU extensions such as include next which are required to compile Linux system header files
194. lhi_pil6 _mm_srl_si64 _mm_setl_pil6 _m_paddb _m_pmulhw _m_psrlq _mm_setl_pi8 _mm_add_pil6 _mm_mullo_pil6 _mm_srli_si64 _m_paddw _m_pmullw _m_psriqi _mm_add_pi32 _mm_sll_pil6 _mm_and_si64 SSE Intrinsics PGI supports a set of SSE Intrinsics which allow the use of the SSE instructions directly from C C code without writing the assembly instructions The following tables list the SSE intrinsics that PGI supports Note Intrinsics with a are only available on 64 bit systems Table 8 2 SSE Intrinsics xmmintrin h _mm_add_ss _mm_comige_ss _mm_load_ss _mm_sub_ss _mm_comineq_ss _mm_load1_ps _mm_mul_ss _mm_ucomieq_ss _mm_load_ps1 _mm_div_ss _mm_ucomilt_ss _mm_load_ps _mm_sqrt_ss _mm_ucomile_ss _mm_loadu_ps _mm_rcp_ss _mm_ucomigt_ss _mm_loadr_ps _mm_rsqrt_ss _mm_ucomige_ss _mm_set_ss _mm_min_ss _mm_ucomineq_ss _mm_setl_ps _mm_max_ss _mm_cvtss_si32 _mm_set_psl _mm_add_ps _mm_cvt_ss2si _mm_set_ps _mm_sub_ps _mm_cvtss_si64x _mm_setr_ps _mm_mul ps _mm_cvtps_pi32 _mm_store_ss _mm_div_ps _mm_cvt_ps2pi _mm_store_ps _mm_sqrt_ps _mm_cvttss_si32 _mm_storel_ps _mm_rcp_ps _mm_cvtt_ss2si _mm_store_psl _mm_tsqrt_ps _mm_cvttss_si64x _mm_storeu_ps _mm_min_ps _mm_cvttps_pi32 _mm_storer_ps 184 _mm_max_ps _mm_cvtt_ps2pi _mm_and_ps _mm_cvtsi32_ss _mm_andnot_ps _mm_cvt_si2ss _mm_or_ps _mm_cvtsi64x_ss _mm_xor_ps _mm_cvtpi32_ps _mm_cmpeq_ss _mm_cvt_pi2ps _mm_cmplt_ss _mm_movelh_ps _mm_cmple_ss _mm_setzero_ps _mm_cmpgt_ss _mm_cv
195. library directory 1i is searched for the library file 1ibx a and both the directories 1ib and libz are searched for 1iby a S ogro inercia 1 09 1 b Lioz Sly morge E Use the L option to specify a directory to search for libraries Using L allows you to add directories to the search path for library files Related options l I lt library gt Instructs the linker to load the specified library The linker searches lt library gt in addition to the standard libraries Note The linker searches the libraries specified with l in order of appearance before searching the standard libraries Syntax 30 iia Where library is the name of the library to search Usage In the following example if the standard library directory is 1ib the linker loads the library 1ib libmylib a in addition to the standard libraries pgfortran myprog f lmylib Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Description Use this option to instruct the linker to load the specified library The compiler prepends the characters lib to the library name and adds the a extension following the library name The linker searches each library specifies before searching the standard libraries Related options L Displays a link map on the standard output Default The compiler does display the link map and does not use the m option Usage When the following example is executed on Windows pgfortran creates a link map in t
196. link in your own library with the l option or specify a library directory with the L option Fortran Language Controls This section describes the M lt peflag gt options that affect Fortran language interpretations by the PGI Fortran compilers These options are valid only for the pgf77 pgf95 and pgfortran compiler drivers Default For arguments that you do not specify the defaults are as follows nobackslash nodefaultunit dollar _ noonetrip nounixlogical nodclchk nodlines noiomutex nosave noupcase The following list provides the syntax for each M lt pgeflag gt option that affect Fortran language interpretations Each option has a description and if appropriate a list of any related options Mallocatable 95 03 controls whether Fortran 95 or Fortran 2003 semantics are used in allocatable array assignments The default behavior is to use Fortran 95 semantics the 03 option instructs the compiler to use Fortran 2003 semantics Mbackslash the compiler treats the backslash as a normal character and not as an escape character in quoted strings Mnobackslash the compiler recognizes a backslash as an escape character in quoted strings in accordance with standard C usage 17 M Options by Category Mcuda the compiler enables Cuda Fortran The following suboptions exist Note If more than one option is on the command line all the specified options occur cc10 Generate code for compute capab
197. ll identifiers to lower case This selection affects the linking process If you compile and link the same source code using Mupcase on one occasion and Mnoupcase on another you may get two different executables depending on whether the source contains uppercase letters The standard libraries are compiled using Mnoupcase Inlining Controls This section describes the M lt peflag gt options that control function inlining Before looking at all the options let s look at a couple examples Usage In the following example the compiler extracts functions that have 500 or fewer statements from the source file myprog and saves them in the file extract il S pgfortran Mextract 500 o extract il myprog f In the following example the compiler inlines functions with fewer than approximately 100 statements in the source file myprog 81 M Options by Category pgfortran Minline size 100 myprog f Related options o Mextract The following list provides the syntax for each M lt pgflag gt option that controls function inlining Each option has a description and if appropriate a list of any related options M no Jautoinline option option instructs the compiler to inline not to inline a C C function at 02 where the option can be any of these levels n instructs the compiler to perform n levels of inlining The default number of levels is 10 maxsize n instructs the compiler not to
198. lp lk7lathlonlathlonxplpx Mnoasmkeyword instructs the compiler not to allow the asm keyword in C source files If you use this option and your program includes the asm keyword unresolved references will be generated Mdollar char char specifies the character to which the compiler maps the dollar sign The PGCC compiler allows the dollar sign in names ANSI C does not allow the dollar sign in names M no eh_frame instructs the linker to keep eh_frame call frame sections in the executable Note The eh_frame option is available only on newer Linux or Windows systems that supply the system unwind libraries Mfcon instructs the compiler to treat floating point constants as float data types instead of double data types This option can improve the performance of single precision code M no m128 instructs the compiler to recognize ignore __m128 __m128d and __m128i datatypes floating point constants as float data types instead of double data types This option can improve the performance of single precision code Mschar specifies signed char characters The compiler treats plain char declarations as signed char 75 M Options by Category Msingle do not to convert float parameters to double parameters in non prototyped functions This option can result in faster code if your program uses only float parameters However since ANSI C specifies that routines must convert float parameters to double pa
199. lue A Fortran CHARACTER function adds two arguments to the beginning of its argument list The following example of calling a Fortran CHARACTER function from C C illustrates these caller provided extra parameters CHARACTER FUNCTION CHF C1 1 CHARACTER C1 INTEGER I END Supe Vore clar 0 4 char tmp 10 Charite IHko e ke Cime temos 10 Gl Ly Sy The extra parameters tmp and 10 are supplied for the return value while 9 is supplied as the length of c1 Refer to Section 2 8 Argument Passing and Return Conventions for additional information Win64 Programming Model This section defines compiler and assembly language conventions for the use of certain aspects of an x64 processor running a Win64 operating system These standards must be followed to guarantee that compilers application programs and operating systems written by different people and organizations will work together The conventions supported by the PGCC ANSI C compiler implement the application binary interface ABI as defined in the AMD64 Software Conventions document Function Calling Sequence This section describes the standard function calling sequence including the stack frame register usage and parameter passing Register Usage Conventions The following table defines the standard for register allocation The 64 bit AMD64 and Intel 64 architectures provide a number of registers All the general purpose registers
200. m ZoTCX g xmm3 n r8 h r9 i Implementing a Stack In general compilers and programmers must maintain a software stack The stack pointer register rsp is set by the operating system for the application when the program is started The stack must grow downwards from high addresses 126 Chapter 5 Run time Environment A separate frame pointer enables calls to routines that change the stack pointer to allocate space on the stack at run time e g alloca Some languages can also return values from a routine allocated on stack space below the original top of stack pointer Such a routine prevents the calling function from using rsp relative addressing for values on the stack If the compiler does not call routines that leave rsp in an altered state when they return a frame pointer is not needed and may not be used if the compiler option Mnoframe is specified The stack must be kept aligned on 16 byte boundaries Variable Length Parameter Lists Parameter passing in registers can handle a variable number of parameters The C language uses a special method to access variable count parameters The stdarg h and varargs h files define several functions to access these parameters A C routine with variable parameters must use the va_start macro to set up a data structure before the parameters can be used The va_arg macro must be used to access the successive parameters For calls that use varargs or stdargs the reg
201. me Note If pch automatic PCH mode appears on the command line following this option its effect is erased Default The compiler does not create a precompiled header file Usage In the following example the compiler creates a precompiled header file har1 S jaja ereat oda horl momo ce Description If other conditions are satisfied use this option to create a precompiled header file with the specified name Related options pch diag_error tag pgcpp only Overrides the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages Default The compiler does not override normal error severity Description Use this option to override the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages The message s may be specified using a mnemonic error tag or using an error number Related options diag_remark tag diag_suppress tag diag_warning tag display_error_number diag_remark tag pgcpp only Overrides the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages 62 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Default The compiler does not override normal error severity Description Use this option to override the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages The message s may be specified using a mnemonic error tag or using an error number Related options diag_error tag diag_suppress tag diag_warning tag display_error_number diag_suppress tag pgcpp only
202. ments I272 Argument of inlined function not used S273 Inline library not specified on command line inlib switch F274 Unable to access file TOC S275 Unable to open file while extracting or inlining F276 Assignment to constant actual parameter in inlined subprogram I277 Inlining of function may result in recursion S278 lt reserved message number gt W279 Possible use of before definition in The optimizer has detected the possibility that a variable is used before it has been assigned a value The names of the variable and the function in which the use occurred are listed The line number if specified is the line number of the basic block containing the use of the variable W280 Syntax error in directive Messages 280 300 reserved for directives handling W281 Directive ignored S300 Too few data constants in initialization of derived type S301 must be TEMPLATE or PROCESSOR S302 Unmatched ENDS statement 303 END statement for required in an interface block 304 EXIT CYCLE statement must appear in a DO DOWHILE loop S305 cannot be named S306 names more than one construct S307 must have the construct name S308 DO may not terminate at an EXIT CYCLE RETURN STOP GOTO or arithmetic IF Chapter 9 Messages S309 Incorrect name specified in END statement 310 Generic message for MODULE errors W311 Non replicated mapping for array ignored W312 Array should be declare
203. mpiler option described in Miscellaneous Controls on page 151 Note stack reserved bytes committed bytes are linker options stack no check is a compiler option If you specify stack reserved bytes committed bytes on your compile line it is only used during the link step of your build Similarly st ack no check can be specified on your link line but its only used during the compile step of your build Related options Mchkstk ta nvidia nvidia_suboptions host Defines the target accelerator Note This flag is valid only for Fortran and C Default The compiler uses NVIDIA Usage In the following example NVIDIA is the accelerator target architecture and the accelerator generates code for compute capability 1 3 S pgfortran ta nvidia ccl3 Description Use this option to select the accelerator target and optionally to define the type of code to genertate The ta flag has the following options 49 Generic PGI Compiler Options 50 nvidia Select NVIDIA accelerator target This option has the following nvidia suboptions cc10 Generate code for compute capability 1 0 cc11 Generate code for compute capability 1 1 cc12 Generate code for compute capability 1 2 cc13 Generate code for compute capability 1 3 cc20 Generate code for compute capability 2 0 cc30 Generate code for compute capability 3 0 cc35 Generate code for compute capability 3 5 fa
204. must be followed to guarantee that compilers application programs and operating systems written by different people and organizations will work together The conventions supported by the PGCC ANSI C compiler implement the application binary interface ABI as defined in the System V Application Binary Interface AMD64 Architecture Processor Supplement and the System V Application Binary Interface listed in the Related Publications section in the Preface Note The programming model used for Win64 differs from the Linux86 64 model For more information refer to Win64 Programming Model on page 132 Function Calling Sequence This section describes the standard function calling sequence including the stack frame register usage and parameter passing Register Usage Conventions The following table defines the standard for register allocation The x64 Architecture provides a variety of registers All the general purpose registers XMM registers and x87 registers are global to all procedures in a running program Table 5 7 Register Allocation Ist return register callee saved optional base pointer pass 4th argument to functions pass 3rd argument to functions 2nd return register stack pointer callee saved optional stack frame pointer pass 2nd argument to functions pass 1st argument to functions pass 5th argument to functions pass 6th argument to functions temporary regist
205. n for Example A 2 csssscsssseesscosecseceeeeceesnessecnaecseeeaessneeneeascnaesaeeeaetentes 126 5 10 Linux86 64 Fortran Fundamental Types cccccecsesecseseescsseseesceeeseeeceeseceeeesesseeeeeecaeeaeereneeas 128 5 11 Fortran and C C Data Type Compatibility 0 0 0 eee ceeeeceeseeneeeeesneenecneeseeseeneesneenseeneeeas 130 5 12 Fortran and C C Representation of the COMPLEX Type sccssceesessessectesteeseeeteeseenseenee 130 5 13 Register AllOcation eiii dnd a a ai EAE 133 A A A AN 133 5 15 Register Allocation for Example A 4 ccccsscscsesecseeeeceeeeeceseeseesecseesecsececnaeeecaeeeeeaeeaeeeeenees 136 5 16 Win64 Fortran Fundamental Types cccccccccssesecceceeeceeseeecseeseesceeseeecaeesececnetseceeeeeeesaeeaes 138 5 17 Fortran and C C Data Type Compatibility oo onncnnonicninnonuonononocanaccononononancorcnoncnncconoro nono 140 5 18 Fortran and C C Representation of the COMPLEX Type oooooconocnnocnoconocconononononconcnoncnnncnnccinonnss 140 Tels FOAM Data Iype Map MIS cai sc ous she Ata 151 7 2 DELIB Function SUMMALY ci A pd acne 152 Tos LIBM FUN COONS sui dd AA A AA IAE LA 153 TA EONS BLUM COS o eae 154 7 5 DEWIN advapi 2 Functions it a a io ec 160 8 1 MMX Intrinsics mmintrin h ada tt caaiens 183 8 2 SSE Intrinsics xmmintrin h ese ec ceeeeeseesscccccccceeesecntsceeecesessesnesneaeececesseseestaeececesenseen 184 8 3 SSE2 Intrinsics emmintrin h a ca 1
206. n systems For example executables created on a Pentium 4 may fail to execute on a Pentium III or Pentium II Processor specific optimizations can be specified or limited explicitly by using the tp option Thus it is possible to create executables that are usable on previous generation systems With the exception of k8 64 51 Generic PGI Compiler Options 52 k8 64e p7 64 and x64 any of these suboptions are valid on any x86 or x64 processor based system The k8 64 k8 64e p7 64 and x64 options are valid only on x64 processor based systems The tp x64 option generates unified binary object and executable files as described in Using tp to Generate a Unified Binary on page 90 The following list contains the possible suboptions for tp and the processors that each suboption is intended to target Options without a bit length suffix use the current width associated with the driver on your path athlon generate code for AMD Athlon XP MP and compatible processors barcelona generate code for AMD Opteron Quadcore and compatible processors The barcelona 32 generate 32 bit code for AMD Opteron Quadcore and compatible processors barcelona 64 generate 64 bit code for AMD Opteron Quadcore and compatible processors bulldozer Generate either 32 bit or 64 bit code for AMD Bulldozer and compatible processors 32 or 64 bit depends on the driver on your path bulldozer 32 generate 32 bit code for AMD Bulldozer and compatibl
207. n type of a function to indicate the function does not return a value or as a pointer to an unspecified data type respectively The const and volatile type qualifiers do not in themselves define data types but associate attributes with other types Use const to specify that an identifier is a constant and is not to be changed Use volatile to prevent optimization problems with data that can be changed from outside the program such as memory mapped I O buffers Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference A command line option allows you to specify specific behavior when a program is compiled and linked Compiler options perform a variety of functions such as setting compiler characteristics describing the object code to be produced controlling the diagnostic messages emitted and performing some preprocessor functions Most options that are not explicitly set take the default settings This reference chapter describes the syntax and operation of each compiler option For easy reference the options are arranged in alphabetical order For an overview and tips on which options are best for which tasks refer to Chapter 6 Using Command Line Options in the PGI Compiler User s Guide which also provides summary tables of the different options This chapter uses the following notation item Square brackets indicate that the enclosed item is optional item item Braces indicate that you must select one and only one of the enclosed
208. nctions Returning Scalars or No Value 124 e A function that returns an integral or pointer value places its result in the next available register of the sequence rax rdx e A function that returns a floating point value that fits in the XMM registers returns this value in the next available XMM register of the sequence xmm0 xmm1 e An X87 floating point return value appears on the top of the floating point stack in st 0 as an 80 bit X87 number If this X87 return value is a complex number the real part of the value is returned in st 0 and the imaginary part in st 1 e A function that returns a value in memory also returns the address of this memory in rax e Functions that return no value also called procedures or void functions put no particular value in any register Chapter 5 Run time Environment Functions Returning Structures or Unions A function can use either registers or memory to return a structure or union The size and type of the structure or union determine how it is returned If a structure or union is larger than 16 bytes it is returned in memory allocated by the caller To determine whether a 16 byte or smaller structure or union can be returned in one or more return registers examine the first eight bytes of the structure or union The type or types of the structure or union s fields making up these eight bytes determine how these eight bytes will be returned If the eight bytes contain at least one
209. nctions that return no value are also called procedures or void functions These functions put no particular value in any register Functions Returning Scalars e A function that returns an integral or pointer value places its result in register eax e A function that returns a long long integer value places its result in the registers edx and eax The most significant word is placed in edx and the least significant word is placed in eax e A floating point return value appears on the top of the floating point stack The caller must then remove the value from the floating point stack even if it does not use the value Failure of either side to meet its obligations leads to undefined program behavior The standard calling sequence does not include any method to detect such failures nor to detect return value type mismatches Therefore the user must declare all functions properly There is no difference in the representation of single double or extended precision values in floating point registers e A call instruction pushes the address of the next instruction the return address onto the stack The return instruction pops the address off the stack and effectively continues execution at the next instruction after the call instruction A function that returns a scalar or no value must preserve the caller s registers Additionally the called function must remove the return address from the stack leaving the stack pointer esp with the valu
210. nd value is either an integer value or a character string Default If you define a macro name without specifying a value the preprocessor assigns the string 1 to the macro name Usage In the following example the macro PATHLENGTH has the value 256 until a subsequent compilation If the D option is not used PATHLENGTH is set to 128 pgfortran DPATHLENGTH 256 myprog F The source text in myprog F is this ifndef PATHLENGTH define PATHLENGTH 128 endif SUBROUTINE SUB CHARACTER PATHLENGTH path END Description Use the D option to create a preprocessor macro with a given value The value must be either an integer or a character string You can use macros with conditional compilation to select source text during preprocessing A macro defined in the compiler invocation remains in effect for each module on the command line unless you remove the macro with an undef preprocessor directive or with the U option The compiler processes all of the U options in a command line after processing the D options Related options U dryrun Displays the invocations of the compiler assembler and linker but does not execute them Default The compiler does not display individual phase invocations Usage The following command line requests verbose invocation information pgfortran dryrun myprog f Description Use the dryrun option to display the invocations of
211. neDosDevice DeleteCriticalSection DeleteFile DeleteTimerQueueEx DeleteVolumeMountPoint DisableThreadLibraryCalls DnsHostnameToComputerName DuplicateHandle EncodeSystemPointer EnterCriticalSection EnumResourceNames EnumSystemFirmwareTables Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows ClearCommError CommConfigDialog ConnectNamedPipe ConvertFiberToThread ConvertThreadToFiberEx CopyFileEx CreateConsoleScreenBuffer CreateDirectoryEx CreateFiber CreateFile CreateHardLink CreateJobObject CreateMailslot CreateMutex CreatePipe CreateRemoteThread CreateTapePartition CreateTimerQueue CreateWaitableTimer DebugActiveProcess DebugBreak DebugSetProcessKillOnExit DecodeSystemPointer DeleteAtom DeleteFiber DeleteTimerQueue DeleteTimerQueueTimer DeviceloControl DisconnectNamedPipe DosDateTimeToFileTime EncodePointer EndUpdateResource EnumResourceLanguages EnumResourceTypes EraseTape 167 Supported Libraries and Modules 168 EscapeCommFunction ExitThread FatalAppExit FileTimeToDosDateTime FileTimeToSystemTime FillConsoleOutputCharacter FindActCtxSectionString FindClose FindFirstChangeNotification FindFirstFileEx FindFirstVolumeMountPoint FindNextFile FindNextVolumeMountPoint FindResourceEx FindVolumeMountPointClose FlsFree FlsSetValue FlushFileBuffers FlushViewOfFile FreeConsole FreeLibrary FreeResource GenerateConsoleCtrlEvent GetBinaryType GetCommConfig GetCommModemstatus GetCommstate
212. nerates zero overhead exception regions To use exception handling with setjmp and longjmp use the nozc_eh flag Usage The following command line enables zero overhead exception regions pgcpp zc_eh ello cc Description Use this option to generate zero overhead exception regions The zc_eh option defers the cost of exception handling until an exception is thrown For a program with many exception regions and few throws this option may lead to improved run time performance This option is compatible with C code that was compiled with previous versions of PGI C pgCC uses this option for low cost exception handling by default so code compiled prior to 11 0 must be recompiled To use exception handling with setimp and longjmp use the nozc_eh flag Note The zc_eh option is available only on newer Linux systems that supply the system unwind libraries in libgcc_eh and on Windows Related options no exceptions nozc_eh M Options by Category This section describes each of the options available with M by the categories 69 M Options by Category Code generation Fortran Language Controls Optimization Environment C C Language Controls Inlining Miscellaneous For a complete alphabetical list of all the options refer to M Options Summary on page 55 The following sections provide detailed descriptions of several but not all of the M lt pgflag gt options For a complete alphabetical list
213. not part of the language definition but is accepted by cfront EDG option b3 pgcpp only Compile with cfront 3 0 compatibility See b no_ bool pgcpp only Enable or disable recognition of bool The default value is bool no_ builtin Do don t compile with math subroutine builtin support which causes selected math library routines to be inlined The default is builtin cfront_2 1 pgcpp only Enable compilation of C with compatibility with cfront version 2 1 cfront_3 0 pgcpp only Enable compilation of C with compatibility with cfront version 3 0 compress_names pgcpp only Create a precompiled header file with the name filename d lt arg gt pgcc only Prints additional information from the preprocessor dependencies see M pgcpp only Print makefile dependencies to stdout dependencies_to_file filename pgcpp only Print makefile dependencies to file filename display_error_number pgcpp only Display the error message number in any diagnostic messages that are generated diag_error tag pgcpp only Override the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages diag_remark tag pgcpp only Override the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages diag_suppress tag pgcpp only Override the normal error severity of the specified diagnostic messages pgcpp only Override the normal e
214. ns Reference Related options dryrun Minfo V W Passes arguments to a specific phase Syntax wO a L optiem opitiom Note You cannot have a space between the W and the single letter pass identifier between the identifier and the comma or between the comma and the option 0 the number zero specifies the compiler a specifies the assembler l lowercase letter 1 specifies the linker option is a string that is passed to and interpreted by the compiler assembler or linker Options separated by commas are passed as separate command line arguments Usage In the following example the linker loads the text segment at address 0xf c00000 and the data segment at address 0xffe00000 S pgfortran Wl k t 0xf c00000 d 0Oxt e00000 myprog E Description Use this option to pass arguments to a specific phase You can use the W option to specify options for the assembler compiler or linker Note A given PGI compiler command invokes the compiler driver which parses the command line and generates the appropriate commands for the compiler assembler and linker Related options Minfo V y Do not print warning messages Default The compiler prints warning messages Usage In the following example no warning messages are printed pgfortran w myprog f Description Use the w option to not print warning messages Sometimes the compiler issues many warning
215. ns Reference inline instructs the compiler to display information about extracted or inlined functions This option is not useful without either the Mext ract or Minline option ipa instructs the compiler to display information about interprocedural optimizations loop instructs the compiler to display information about loops such as information on vectorization lre instructs the compiler to enable LRE loop carried redundancy elimination information mp instructs the compiler to display information about parallelization opt instructs the compiler to display information about optimization par instructs the compiler to enable parallelizer information pfo instructs the compiler to enable profile feedback information vect instructs the compiler to enable vectorizer information Mnolist the compiler does not create a listing file This is the default Mnoopenmp when used in combination with the mp option the compiler ignores OpenMP parallelization directives or pragmas but still processes SGI style parallelization directives or pragmas Mnosgimp when used in combination with the mp option the compiler ignores SGEstyle parallelization directives or pragmas but still processes OpenMP parallelization directives or pragmas Mnopgdllmain Windows only do not link the module containing the default DllMain into the DLL This flag applies to building DLLs with the PGFORTRAN compilers If you want to repl
216. nstantiated Usage In the following example all templates are instantiated pgcpp tall myprog cc Description Use this option to control instantiation of template functions The argument is one of the following all Instantiates all functions whether or not they are used local Instantiates only the functions that are used in this compilation and forces those functions to be local to this compilation Note This may cause multiple copies of local static variables If this occurs the program may not execute correctly none Instantiates no functions This is the default used Instantiates only the functions that are used in this compilation Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Example In the following example all templates are instantiated S pgcpp tall myprog ce pgcpp only Generates cross reference information and places output in the specified file Syntax Xfoo where foo is the specifies file for the cross reference information Default The compiler does not generate cross reference information Usage In the following example the compiler generates cross reference information placing it in the file xreffile pgcpp Xxreffile myprog cc Description Use this option to generate cross reference information and place output in the specified file This is an EDG option Related options None no zc_eh Linux only Generates zero overhead exception regions Default The compiler ge
217. nt The actual argument is a scalar variable but the dummy argument is an array F366 Internal error interprocedural analysis fails An internal error occurred during interprocedural analysis please report this to the compiler maintenance group If user errors were reported when collecting IPA information or during IPA analysis correcting them may avoid this error 211 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 212 I367 Array bounds cannot be matched to formal argument Passing a nonsequential array to a sequential dummy argument may require copying the array to sequential storage The most common cause is passing an ALLOCATABLE array or array expression to a dummy argument that is declared with explicit bounds Declaring the dummy argument as assumed shape with bounds will remove this warning W368 Array valued expression passed to scalar dummy argument The actual argument is an array valued expression but the dummy argument is a scalar variable W369 Dummy argument has different rank than actual argument The actual argument is an array or array valued expression with a different rank than the dummy argument W370 Dummy argument has different shape than actual argument The actual argument is an array or array valued expression with a different shape than the dummy argument this may require copying the actual argument into sequential storage W371 Dummy argument is INTENT IN but may be modified The dummy argument w
218. ntax pe 32164180 Usage pgfortran pc 64 myprog f Description The x87 architecture implements a floating point stack using 8 80 bit registers Each register uses bits 0 63 as the significant bits 64 78 for the exponent and bit 79 is the sign bit This 80 bit real format is the default format called the extended format When values are loaded into the floating point stack they are automatically converted into extended real format The precision of the floating point stack can be controlled however by setting the precision control bits bits 8 and 9 of the floating control word appropriately In this way you can explicitly set the precision to standard IEEE double precision using 64 bits or to single precision using 32 bits The default precision is system dependent To alter the precision in a given program unit the main program must be compiled with the same pc option The command line option pc val lets the programmer set the compiler s precision preference Valid values for val are 32 single precision 64 double precision 80 extended precision Extended Precision Option Operations performed exclusively on the floating point stack using extended precision without storing into or loading from memory can cause problems with accumulated values within the extra 16 bits of extended precision values This can lead to answers when rounded that do not match expected results For example if the argument to sin is t
219. o 2 1 signed int 4 2 s complement integer 2 to 2 1 signed long int 32 bit 4 2 s complement integer 251 to 251 1 operating systems and win64 signed long int 8 2 s complement integer 285 to 23 1 linux86 64 Chapter 1 Fortran C and C Data Types Data Type Size Format Range bytes unsigned long int 32 bit 4 ordinal 0 to 252 1 Operating systems and win64 unsigned long int 8 ordinal 0 to 2 44 linux86 64 signed long long int 8 2 s complement integer 2 to 2 1 unsigned long long int 8 ordinal 0 to 2 41 float 4 IEEE single precision 10 to 10 1 floating point double 8 IEEE double precision 10 to 10 1 floating point long double 8 IEEE double precision 10 to 10 a floating point bit field unsigned value 1 to 32 ordinal 0 to 2 1 where size is the bits number of bits in the bit field bit field signed value 1to 32 2 s complement integer 2 1 to 211 where size bits is the number of bits in the bit field pointer 4 address 0 to 2 7 1 enum 4 2 s complement integer 25 to 2 1 Approximate value Bit fields occupy as many bits as you assign them up to 4 bytes and their length need not be a multiple of 8 bits 1 byte Table 1 5 Scalar Alignment Data Type Alignment on this size boundary 1 byte boundary signed or unsigned 2 byte boundary signed or unsigned 4 byte boundary signed or unsi
220. o be accurate and reliable However NVIDIA Corporation assumes no responsibility for the consequences of use of such information or for any infringement of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use No license is granted by implication of otherwise under any patent rights of NVIDIA Corporation Specifications mentioned in this publication are subject to change without notice This publication supersedes and replaces all other information previously supplied NVIDIA Corporation products are not authorized as critical components in life support devices or systems without express written approval of NVIDIA Corporation TRADEMARKS PGI Workstation PGI Server PGI Accelerator PGF95 PGF90 PGFORTRAN and PGI Unified Binary are trademarks and PGI PGHPE PGF77 PGCC PGC PGI Visual Fortran PVE PGI CDK Cluster Development Kit PGPROE PGDBG and The Portland Group are registered trademarks of NVIDIA Corporation in the U S and other countries Other company and product names may be trademarks of the respective companies with which they are associated COPYRIGHT 2013 NVIDIA Corporation All rights reserved
221. o error message is generated when this occurs If for some reason a non printing character is not treated as a white space character its hex representation is printed in the form dd where each d is a hex digit S026 Unmatched quote S027 Illegal integer constant Integer constant is too large for 32 bit word S028 Illegal real or double precision constant S029 Illegal constant Illegal hexadecimal octal or binary constant A hexadecimal constant consists of digits 0 9 and letters A F or a f any other character in a hexadecimal constant is illegal An octal constant consists of digits 0 7 any other digit or character in an octal constant is illegal A binary constant consists of digits 0 or 1 any other digit or character in a binary constant is illegal S030 Explicit shape must be specified for 031 Illegal data type length specifier for The data type length specifier e g 4 in INTEGER 4 is not a constant expression that is a member of the set of allowed values for this particular data type Chapter 9 Messages W032 Data type length specifier not allowed for The data type length specifier e g 4 in INTEGER 4 is not allowed in the given syntax e g DIMENSION A 10 4 S033 Illegal use of constant A constant was used in an illegal context such as on the left side of an assignment statement or as the target of a data initialization statement S034 Syntax error at or near 1035 Predefined intrinsic
222. o strip the symbol table information from the executable Related options c o u S Stops compilation after the compiling phase and writes the assembly language output to a file Default The compiler does not produce a s file Usage In this example pgfortran produces the file myprog s in the current directory S jogitowctiweim S mores dE Description Use this option to stop compilation after the compiling phase and then write the assembly language output to a file If the input file is filename then the output file is filename s Related options c E E Mkeepasm o shared Linux only Instructs the compiler to pass information to the linker to produce a shared object dynamically linked library file Default The compiler does not pass information to the linker to produce a shared object file Usage In the following example the compiler passes information to the linker to produce the shared object file myso so S pgfortran shared myprog f 0 myso so Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to pass information to the linker to produce a shared object dynamically linked library file Related options fpic G R show Produces driver help information describing the current driver configuration Default The compiler does not show driver help information Usage In the following example the driver displays configuration information to the standard output after processing the driver
223. oat GetCharacterPlacement GetCharWidthFloat GetClipRgn GetCurrentObject GetDCOrgEx GetDeviceGammaRamp GetEnhMetaFile GetEnhMetaFileDescriptionW GetEnhMetaFilePixelFormat GetFontUnicodeRanges GetGraphicsMode GetKerningPairs GetMapMode GetMetaRgn GetNearestPaletteIndex CreatePenIndirect CreateRectRgn CreateScalableFontResource DeleteDC DeleteObject DPtoLP EndDoc EnumEnhMetaFile EnumFonts EnumObjects ExcludeClipRect ExtEscape ExtTextOut FixBrushOrgEx FrameRgn GdiGetBatchLimit GetAspectRatioFilterEx GetBkColor GetBrushOrgEx GetCharABCWidthsI GetCharWidth GetCharWidthI GetColorAdjustment GetCurrentPositionEx GetDCPenColor GetDIBColorTable GetEnhMetaFileBits GetEnhMetaFileHeader GetFontData GetGlyphIndices GetICMProfileA GetLayout GetMetaFile GetMiterLimit GetObject GetObjectType GetPath GetPolyFillMode GetRegionData GetStockObject GetSystemPaletteUse GetTextCharset GetTextExtentExPoint GetTextExtentPoint32 GetTextMetrics GetWindowExtEx GetWorldTransform InvertRgn LPtoDP MoveToEx OffsetViewportOrgEx PatBlt PlayEnhMetaFile PlayMetaFileRecord PolyBezierTo Polyline PolyPolyline PtVisible RectInRegion RemoveFontResource ResizePalette SaveDC SelectClipPath SelectPalette SetBitmapBits SetBkMode SetColorAdjustment SetDCPenColor SetDIBits SetGraphicsMode Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows GetOutlineTextMetrics GetPixel GetRandomRgn GetRgnBox GetStretchBltMode GetTe
224. odule you need to access the Fortran interfaces to the Win32 API To use this module add the following line to your Fortran code use dfwin To utilize any of the Win32 API interfaces you can add a Fortran use statement for the specific library or module that includes it For example to use user32 lib add the following Fortran use statement use user32 Function calls made through the module interfaces ultimately resolve to C Language interfaces so some accommodation for inter language calling conventions must be made in the Fortran application These accommodations include e On x64 platforms pointers and pointer types such as HANDLE HINSTANCE WPARAM and HWND must be treated as 8 byte quantities INTEGER 8 On x86 32 bit platforms these are 4 byte quantities INTEGER 4 e In general C makes calls by value while Fortran makes calls by reference e When doing Windows development one must sometimes provide callback functions for message processing dialog processing etc These routines are called by the Windows system when events are processed To provide the expected function signature for a callback function the user may need to use the STDCALL attribute directive DEC ATTRIBUTE STDCALL in the declaration For information on the arguments and functionality of a given routine refer to The Microsoft Windows API documentation Supported Libraries and Modules The following tabl
225. of Fortran functions Additional arguments must be passed to the Fortran function by the C C caller A Fortran COMPLEX function returns its value in memory the first argument passed to the function must contain the address of the storage for this value A Fortran CHARACTER function adds two arguments to the beginning of its argument list The following example of calling a Fortran CHARACTER function from C C illustrates these caller provided extra parameters CHARACTER FUNCTION CHF C1 I CHARACTER C1 INTEGER I END extern woulc cla 4 lavaie cmo Mok ohare oe alte LA Slat O CN The extra parameters tmp and 10 are supplied for the return value while 9 is supplied as the length of c1 Chapter 6 C Dialect Supported The PGC compiler accepts the C language of the ISO IEC 14882 1998 C standard except for Exported Templates PGC optionally accepts a number of features erroneously accepted by cfront version 2 1 or 3 0 Using the b option PGC accepts these features which may never have been legal C but have found their way into some user s code Command line options provide full support of many C variants including strict standard conformance PGC provides command line options that enable the user to specify whether anachronisms and or cfront 2 1 3 0 compatibility features should be accepted Extensions Accepted in Normal C Mode The following extensions are accepte
226. of all the options refer to M Options Summary on page 55 These options are grouped according to categories and are listed with exact syntax defaults and notes concerning similar or related options For the latest information and description of a given option or to see all available options use the help command line option described in help on page 44 Code Generation Controls 70 This section describes the M lt peflag gt options that control code generation Default For arguments that you do not specify the default code generation controls are these nodaz norecursive nosecond_underscore noflushz noreentrant nostride0 largeaddressaware noref_externals signextend Related options D I L l U The following list provides the syntax for each M lt pgflag gt option that controls code generation Each option has a description and if appropriate any related options Mdaz Set IEEE denormalized input values to zero there is a performance benefit but misleading results can occur such as when dividing a small normalized number by a denormalized number To take effect this option must be set for the main program Mnodaz Do not treat denormalized numbers as zero To take effect this option must be set for the main program Mnodwarf Specifies not to add DWARF debug information must be used in combination with g Mawarf1 Generate DWARF1 format debug information must be used in com
227. of the same symbol This can happen for a number of reasons The message attempts to indicate the situation that occurred intrinsic An attempt was made to redefine an intrinsic function A symbol that represents an intrinsic function may be redefined if that symbol has not been previously verified to be an intrinsic function For example the intrinsic sin can be defined to be an integer array If a symbol is verified to be an intrinsic function via the INTRINSIC statement or via an intrinsic function reference then it must be referred to as an intrinsic function for the remainder of the program unit symbol An attempt was made to redefine a symbol that was previously defined An example of this is to declare a symbol to be a PARAMETER which was previously declared to be a subprogram argument 195 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 196 S044 Multiple declaration for symbol A redundant declaration of a symbol has occurred For example an attempt was made to declare a symbol as an ENTRY when that symbol was previously declared as an ENTRY S045 Data type of entry point disagrees with function The current function has entry points with data types inconsistent with the data type of the current function For example the function returns type character and an entry point returns type complex S046 Data type length specifier in wrong position The CHARACTER data type specifier has a different position for the length specifier from the oth
228. ogram myprog pgfortran traceback myprog f Description Use this option to enable or disable runtime traceback information for use with the environment variable PGI_TERM Setting set TRACEBACK OFF in siterc or mypg rc also disables default traceback Using ON instead of OFF enables default traceback Initializes the symbol table with lt symbol gt which is undefined for the linker Default The compiler does not use the u option Syntax usymbol Where symbol is a symbolic name Usage In this example pgfortran initializes symbol table with test S pgfortran utest myprog f Description Use this option to initialize the symbol table with lt symbol gt which is undefined for the linker An undefined symbol triggers loading of the first member of an archive library Related options c o s Undefines a preprocessor macro 55 Generic PGI Compiler Options Syntax Usymbol Where symbol is a symbolic name Usage The following examples undefine the macro test pgfortran Utest myprog F pgfortran Drest Utest myprog F Description Use this option to undefine a preprocessor macro You can also use the undef preprocessor directive to undefine macros Related options D Mnostddef V release_number 56 Displays additional information including version messages Further if a re lease_number is appended the compiler driver attempts to compile using the specif
229. omp option when linking Usage The following command line requests processing of any shared memory directives present in myprog f S pgfortran mp myprog E Description Use the mpoption to instruct the compiler to interpret user inserted OpenMP shared memory parallel programming directives and to generate an executable file which utilizes multiple processors in a shared memory parallel system The suboptions are one or more of the following align Forces loop iterations to be allocated to OpenMP processes using an algorithm that maximizes alignment of vector sub sections in loops that are both parallelized and vectorized for SSE This allocation can improve performance in program units that include many such loops It can also result in load balancing problems that significantly decrease performance in program units with relatively short loops that contain a large amount of work in each iteration The numa suboption uses libnuma on systems where it is available allcores Instructs the compiler to all available cores You specify this suboption at link time bind Instructs the compiler to bind threads to cores You specify this suboption at link time no numa Uses does not use libnuma on systems where it is available For a detailed description of this programming model and the associated directives and pragmas refer to Chapter 9 Using OpenMP of the PGI Compiler User s Guide Related options Mconcur Mvect
230. on with the named main program I323 IPA collecting information for Interprocedural analysis is saving information for the current subprogram for subsequent analysis and propagation W324 IPA file appears to be out of date W325 IPA file is for wrong subprogram W326 Unable to open file to propagate IPA information to 1327 IPA subprograms analyzed 1328 IPA dummy arguments replaced by constants 1329 IPA INTENT IN dummy arguments should be INTENT INOUT 209 Fortran Compiler Error Messages I330 IPA dummy arguments changed to INTENT IN I331 IPA inherited array alignments replaced I332 IPA transcriptive distribution formats replaced I333 IPA transcriptive distribution targets replaced 1334 IPA descriptive prescriptive array alignments verified I335 IPA descriptive prescriptive distribution formats verified 1336 IPA descriptive prescriptive distribution targets verified 1337 IPA common blocks optimized 1338 IPA common blocks not optimized S339 Bad IPA contents file S340 Bad IPA file format S341 Unable to create file while analyzing IPA information S342 Unable to open file while analyzing IPA information S343 Unable to open IPA contents file S344 Unable to create file while collecting IPA information F345 Internal error in table overflow Analysis failed due to a table overflowing its maximum size W346 Subprogram appears twice The subprogram appears
231. ont 3 0 compatibility and acceptance of anachronisms Default The compiler does not accept cfront language constructs that are not part of the C language definition Usage In the following example the compiler accepts cfront constructs SED OCHO ta mee GOMES OmmyonsO Gg ace Description Use this option to enable compilation of C with cfront 3 0 compatibility The compiler then accepts language constructs that while not part of the C language definition are accepted by the AT amp T C Language System cfront release 3 0 61 C and C specific Compiler Options This option also enables acceptance of anachronisms Related options cfront2 1 b b3 p A compress_names Compresses long function names in the file Default The compiler does not compress names no_compress_names Usage In the following example the compiler compresses long function names pgcpp ccmpress_names myprog cc Description Use this option to specify to compress long function names Highly nested template parameters can cause very long function names These long names can cause problems for older assemblers Users encountering these problems should compile all C code including library code with the switch compress_names Libraries supplied by PGI work with compress_names Related options None create_pch filename pgcpp only If other conditions are satisfied create a precompiled header file with the specified na
232. ontrols lt a as 83 Miscellaneous Controls ii A A A AAA 93 Bi CAE Name MARGE A A ie 101 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference coccion 103 PGI Proprietary Fortran Directive and C C Pragma SUMMATY coooconncnoconononaniononononnccononnonnnnnons 103 A A Sesh dcst tal an chan a a A a wath 104 ASSOC MOASSOE A Maslin hd koe tte drs 105 ARA detaess acai a a a a means iia 105 EAEC TEZ L D AE AE E EE uch at A EE AT EET 105 CONCUE AOL CU a eE A E E E To EA a E E ARER 105 A O na 105 Caro ANT Secircunreea caacaaeantasesanaetyis tastes N a ao Gare avraae aR AE 105 CA A E faa he O 106 invartit CITOMN AILEY enre csirsrcihelaa Sevan EE E Aoemaaaa gion 106 TV CIEP NEEE E est vanes APE wes aia aus eatieeiastiea ui veaaeg Ana a EE 106 AN ve saint E a ees ae a E samt TTEA 106 prefetch faces vorsca as sashenn treats e TO 106 OP saree ta ee eee eas 106 AS A EEEE 2 tothe AE Oe cl eet tl 107 dela dass 107 o A 108 sinele Mom aia 109 A A A 109 O a se A Ta 109 a sree c eae es et tone O hae 110 A A A nn O A saab ote 110 Prefetch Directives and Pragmas an ia 110 CES hA LEY F ON O PA A EETA EE T A A ne veenecetamnci dye aay 110 IGNORE TER Direct iia aa aa 111 DECS DECIS EEE E A A A E Geos 112 RERED iaae AE Gatien E E E AS A O E A AT 112 ATTRIBUTES Directive naiai E E E A E RE O E 112 DECORATE Directive e a ea a oie ra a AIEEE A a EESE E Ee a aA A a 113 DISTRIBUTE Dire client cia 114 5 Run time Environment 000000000 ccccccccsccsccsecssesecseceecsssesesssesecse
233. ookupPrivilegeName MakeAbsoluteSD MakeSelfRelativeSD NotifyChangeEventLog ObjectDeleteAuditAlarm ObjectPrivilegeAuditAlarm OpenEncryptedFileRaw OpenProcessToken PrivilegeCheck ReadEncryptedFileRaw RegisterEventSource RevertToSelf SetFileSecurity SetPrivateObjectSecurity SetSecurityDescriptorControl SetSecurityDescriptorGroup SetSecurityDescriptorRMControl SetThreadToken WriteEncryptedFileRaw The following table lists the functions that comd1g32 includes AfxReplaceText CommDIgExtendedError GetOpenFileName PrintDlg ChooseColor ChooseFont FindText GetFileTitle GetSaveFileName PageSetupDlg PrintDlgEx ReplaceText dfwbase Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows These are the functions that dfwbase includes chartoint chartoreal CopyMemory GetBlueValue GetGreenValue GetRedValue HiByte HiWord HiWord64 inttochar dfwinty LoByte LoWord LoWord64 MakelntAtom MakelntResource MakeLangID MakeLCID MakeLong MakeLParam Makel Result These are the functions that d wint y includes dwNumberOfFunctionKeys rdFunction gdi32 These are the functions that gdi32 includes AbortDoc AbortPath AddFontResource AddFontResourceEx AngleArc AnimatePalette ArcTo BeginPath CancelDC CheckColorsInGamut Chord CloseEnhMetaFile CloseMetaFile ColorCorrectPalette CombineRgn CombineTransform CopyMetaFile CreateBitmap CreateBrushIndirect CreateColorSpace CreateCompatibleDC CreateDC CreateDIBPatternBrush Create
234. optimization of this file but allows optimization for other files linked with this file no vestigial remove uncalled vestigial functions The default is novestigial If you use Mipa vestigial in combination with Mipa 1ibopt with PGCC you may encounter unresolved references at link time This problem is due to the erroneous removal of functions by the vestigial sub option to Mipa You can work around this problem by listing specific sub options to Mipa not including vestigial M no loop32 Aligns or does not align innermost loops on 32 byte boundaries with tp barcelona Small loops on barcelona may run fast if aligned on 32 byte boundaries however in practice most assemblers do not yet implement efficient padding causing some programs to run more slowly with this default Use M100p32 on systems with an assembler tuned for barcleona The default is Mnoloop32 M1re array assoc noassoc Enables loop carried redundancy elimination an optimization that can reduce the number of arithmetic operations and memory references in loops 88 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference array treat individual array element references as candidates for possible loop carried redundancy elimination The default is to eliminate only redundant expressions involving two or more operands assoc allow expression re association specifying this suboption can increase opportunities for loop carried redundancy elimination but may
235. or g Mvect 2 Olevel lt 2 none or g Mconcur 2 Unoptimized code compiled using the option 00 can be significantly slower than code generated at other optimization levels Like the Mvect option the Munro11 option sets the optimization level to level 2 if no O or g options are supplied The gopt option is recommended for generation of debug information with optimized code For more information on optimization refer to Chapter 7 Optimizing and Parallelizing in the PGI Compiler User s Guide Related options M lt pgflag gt gopt Names the executable file Use the o option to specify the filename of the compiler object file The final output is the result of linking Syntax o filename Where filename is the name of the file for the compilation output The filename must not have a f extension Default The compiler creates executable filenames as needed If you do not specify the o option the default filename is the linker output file a out Usage In the following example the executable file is myprog instead of the default a outmyprog exe S pororcrien moroen E 0 MD Related options c E E S 41 Generic PGI Compiler Options Note This option is available only for tp px p5 p6 piii targets Allows you to control the precision of operations performed using the x87 floating point unit and their representation on the x87 floating point stack Sy
236. or illegal subscript error in format error in format illegal character or substring specification illegal E F G or D descriptor number missing after or in format string operation attempted after end of file attempt to read non existent record direct access illegal repeat count in format Index Symbols IDEC directive 112 eax 117 ebp 117 ecx 117 edi 117 edx 117 esi 117 esp 117 rax 125 rbp 124 134 rdi 125 rsp 124 134 st 0 117 st 1 117 A ALIAS ATTRIBUTES list 113 ALIAS directive 112 altcode directive 104 altcode pragma 104 Arguments floating point 119 125 135 integral 119 125 135 passing 129 136 passing by reference 139 passing by value 139 passing on stack 126 pointer 119 125 135 structures 120 125 135 unassigned 126 union 120 125 135 Arrays 131 Assembly Language called routine 121 called routine in C 127 assoc directive 105 assoc pragma 105 ATTRIBUTES Directive 112 ALIAS 113 C 113 DLLEXPORT 113 DLLIMPORT 113 NOMIXED_STR_LEN_ARG 113 REFERENCE 113 SIDCALL 113 VALUE 113 B Blocks blank common 132 142 common 131 141 Bounds checking 94 bounds directive 105 Build command line options 9 C c ATTRIBUTES directive 113 C PRAGMA C 110 C classes scopes 101 name mangling 101 Cache tiling failed cache tiling 98 with Mvect 91 Calls inter language 130 139 cncall directive 105
237. or A B C but not A B C or A B C A period may not be used in a vacuous destructor reference nor in a qualifier that follows a template reference such as A lt T gt B e cfront 2 1 does not correctly look up names in friend functions that are inside class definitions In this example function f should refer to the functions and variables e g f1 and al from the class declaration Instead the global definitions are used alme til abate Gls vorc El 0 4 class A slime ul vore DLC iiem yore sE imc ai alo Cirone uses Gloce ail AA 4 eiroat uses glooell ri y e Only the innermost class scope is incorrectly skipped by cfront as illustrated in the following example El slime lolo Sicreuicia Jl sueco iie ells class 1 df STELE alme Lp friend void f stig at Jk al aie 31 y ale itieome uses Ae gal ble Girone WEES global Di e operator may be declared as a nonmember function This is flagged as an anachronism by cfront 2 1 e A type qualifier is allowed but ignored on the declaration of a constructor or destructor For example class A AQ eomsice No error in Citicome 2 1 moce y 145 cfront 2 1 3 0 Compatibility Mode cfront 2 1 3 0 Compatibility Mode The following extensions are accepted in both cfront 2 1 and cfront 3 0 compatibility mode i e these are features or problems that exist in both cfront 2 1 and 3 0 e Type qualifiers on this parameter may to be dro
238. or interprocedural analysis to verify or propagate the program will work correctly but without the benefit of IPA Chapter 9 Messages I380 Distribution format of is too complex The distribution format specification of the array is too complex for interprocedural analysis to verify or propagate the program will work correctly but without the benefit of IPA I381 Distribution target of is too complex The distribution target specification of the array is too complex for interprocedural analysis to verify or propagate the program will work correctly but without the benefit of IPA I382 IPA subprograms analyzed Interprocedural analysis succeeded in finding and analyzing this many subprograms in the whole program I383 IPA dummy arguments replaced by constants Interprocedural analysis has found this many dummy arguments in the whole program that can be replaced by constants 1384 IPA dummy arguments changed to INTENT IN Interprocedural analysis has found this many dummy arguments in the whole program that are not modified and can be declared as INTENT IN W385 IPA INTENT IN dummy arguments should be INTENT INOUT Interprocedural analysis has found this many dummy arguments in the whole program that were declared as INTENT IN but should be INTENT INOUT I386 IPA array alignments propagated Interprocedural analysis has found this many array dummy arguments that could have the inherited array alignment replaced b
239. orage as if it were the first argument to the function Alternate return specifiers of a Fortran function are not passed as arguments by the caller The alternate return function passes the appropriate return value back to the caller in rax The handling of the following Fortran 90 features is implementation defined internal procedures pointer arguments assumed shape arguments functions returning arrays and functions returning derived types 129 Linux86 64 Programming Model Inter language Calling Inter language calling between Fortran and C C is possible if function subroutine parameters and return values match types If a C C function returns a value call it from Fortran as a function otherwise call it as a subroutine If a Fortran function has type CHARACTER or COMPLEX call it from C C as a void function If a Fortran subroutine has alternate returns call it from C C as a function returning int the value of such a subroutine is the value of the integer expression specified in the alternate RETURN statement If a Fortran subroutine does not contain alternate returns call it from C C as a void function Table 5 11 provides the C C data type corresponding to each Fortran data type 130 Table 5 11 Fortran and C C Data Type Compatibility Fortran Type C C Type Size bytes CHARACTER n x char x n n REAL x float x 4 a X float x 4 REAL 8 x double x 8 DOUBLE PRECISI
240. ortran code calling floating point functions as subroutines i e with the CALL statement If the PGI_CONTINUE environment variable is set upon execution of a program compiled with Mchk fpstk the stack will be automatically cleaned up and execution will continue There is a performance penalty associated with the stack cleanup If PGI_CONTINUE is set to verbose the stack will be automatically cleaned up and execution will continue after printing the warning message Note This switch is only valid for 32 bit On 64 bit it is ignored Mchkptr instructs the compiler to check for pointers that are dereferenced while initialized to NULL pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only Mchkstk instructs the compiler to check the stack for available space in the prologue of a function and before the start of a parallel region Prints a warning message and aborts the program gracefully if stack space is insufficient Useful when many local and private variables are declared in an OpenMP program 94 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference If the user also sets the PGI_STACK_USAGE environment variable to any value then the program displays the stack space allocated and used after the program exits For example you might see something similar to the following message thread 0 stack max 8180KB used 48KB This message indicates that the program used 48KB of a 8180KB allocated stack For more information on the PGI_STACK_USAGE refer to
241. ouble precision BESSEL function of the first kind of order N of X where N is an integer and X is a double precision argument dbesy0 REAL 8 Computes the double precision BESSEL function of the second kind of order 0 of X where X where X is a double precision argument dbesy1 REAL 8 Computes the double precision BESSEL function of the second kind of order 1 of X where X where X is a double precision argument dbesyn REAL 8 Computes the double precision BESSEL function of the second kind of order N of X where N is an integer and X where X is a double precision argument derf REAL 8 Computes the double precision error function of X where X is a double precision argument derfc REAL 8 Computes the complementary double precision error function of X where X is a double precision argument dffrac REAL 8 Returns fractional accuracy of a REAL 8 floating point value dflmax REAL 8 Returns the maximum positive REAL 8 floating point value dflmin REAL 8 Returns the minimum positive REAL 8 floating point value drandm REAL 8 Generates a REAL 8 random number dsecnds REAL 8 Returns the number of real time seconds since midnight minus the supplied argument value dtime REAL 4 Returns the elapsed user and system time in seconds since the last call to dtime erf REAL 4 Computes the error function of X where X is Real 155 Using DFLIB LIBM and DFPORT 156
242. ound is used W410 No main program found IPA analysis fails The main program must appear in the IPA directory for analysis to proceed W411 Formal argument is DYNAMIC but actual argument is an expression W412 Formal argument is DYNAMIC but actual argument is not 1413 Formal argument has two reaching distributions and may be a candidate for cloning 1414 and may be aliased and one of them is assigned Interprocedural analysis has determined that two formal arguments may be aliased because the same variable is passed in both argument positions or one formal argument and a global or COMMON variable may be aliased because the global or COMMON variable is passed as an actual argument If either alias is assigned in the subroutine unexpected results may occur this message alerts the user that this situation is disallowed by the Fortran standard F415 IPA fails incorrect IPA file Interprocedural analysis saves its information in special IPA files in the specified IPA directory One of these files has been renamed or corrupted This can arise when there are two files with the same prefix such as a hpf anda 90 E416 Argument has the SEQUENCE attribute but the dummy parameter does not When an actual argument is an array with the SEQUENCE attribute the dummy parameter must have the SEQUENCE attribute or an INTERFACE block must be used E417 Interface block for is a SUBROUTINE but should be a FUNCTION E418 Interface
243. pathname is supplied that file is used for the driver configuration file Related options show rpath 46 Linux only Specifies the name of the driver startup configuration file Syntax rpath path lt ldarg gt where path is either a relative pathname or a full pathname beginning with Default The driver uses the configuration file pgirc Usage In the following example the file pgfortranrctest relative to usr pgi linux86 bin the value of DRIVER is the driver configuration file S pgfortran rc pgfortranrctest myprog f Description Use this option to specify the name of the driver startup configuration file If the file or pathname supplied is not a full pathname the path for the configuration file loaded is relative to the DRIVER path the path of the currently executing driver If a full pathname is supplied that file is used for the driver configuration file With the Idarg option Linux only the Idarg information is passed to the linker and the directory is added to the runtime shared library search path Related options show Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference S Linux only Strips the symbol table information from the executable file Default The compiler includes all symbol table information and does not use the s option Usage In this example pgfortran strips symbol table information from the a out executable file S JOCHEOWEISIA S myn oea de Description Use this option t
244. patibility and acceptance of anachronisms Default The compiler does not accept cfront language constructs that are not part of the C language definition Usage In the following example the compiler accepts cfront constructs pgcpp b myprog cc Description Use this option to enable compilation of C with cfront 2 1 compatibility The compiler then accepts language constructs that while not part of the C language definition are accepted by the AT amp T C Language System cfront release 2 1 This option also enables acceptance of anachronisms Related options cfront2 1 b3 cfront3 0 p A pgcpp only Enables compilation of C with cfront 3 0 compatibility and acceptance of anachronisms Default The compiler does not accept cfront language constructs that are not part of the C language definition Usage In the following example the compiler accepts cfront constructs pgcpp b3 myprog cc Description Use this option to enable compilation of C with cfront 3 0 compatibility The compiler then accepts language constructs that while not part of the C language definition are accepted by the AT amp T C Language System cfront release 3 0 This option also enables acceptance of anachronisms Related options cfront2 1 b cfront3 0 p A no_ bool 60 pgcpp only Enables or disables recognition of bool Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Default The compile recogniz
245. phase This is the default M no fpapprox option Perform certain fp operations using low precision approximation Mnofpapprox specifies not to use low precision fp approximation operations By default Mfpapprox is not used If Mfpapprox is used without suboptions it defaults to use approximate div sqrt and rsqrt The available suboptions are these div Approximate floating point division sqrt Approximate floating point square root rsqrt Approximate floating point reciprocal square root M no fpmisalign Instructs the compiler to allow not allow vector arithmetic instructions with memory operands that are not aligned on 16 byte boundaries The default is Mnofpmisalign on all processors Note Applicable only with one of these options tp barcelona or tp barcelona 64 M no fprelaxed option Instructs the compiler to use not use relaxed precision in the calculation of some intrinsic functions Can result in improved performance at the expense of numerical accuracy The possible values for option are 85 M Options by Category div Perform divide using relaxed precision noorder Do not allow expression reordering or factoring order Allow expression reordering including factoring recip Perform reciprocal using relaxed precision rsqrt Perform reciprocal square root 1 sqrt using relaxed precision sqrt Perform square root with relaxed precision With no options Mfprela
246. piler assembler and linker but does not execute them Default The compiler does not display individual phase invocations Usage The following command line requests verbose invocation information pgfortran myprog f Description Use the option to display the invocations of the compiler assembler and linker but not to execute them These invocations are command lines created by the compiler driver from the rc files and the command line options Related options dryrun Minfo V Bdynamic Compiles for and links to the DLL version of the PGI runtime libraries Default The compiler uses static libraries Usage You can create the DIL ob 31 411 and its import library obj 1 1 ib using the following series of commands a pgfortran Bdynamic c objectl f pgfortran Mmakedl11 objectl obj o objl dll Then compile the main program using this command S pgfortran prog f For a complete example refer to the example Build a DLL Fortran in the Creating and Using Libraries chapter of the PGI Compiler User s Guide 17 Generic PGI Compiler Options Description Use this option to compile for and link to the DLL version of the PGI runtime libraries This flag is required when linking with any DLL built by the PGI compilers This flag corresponds to the MD flag used by Microsoft s cl compilers Note On Windows Bdynamic must be used for both compiling and linking When you us
247. ple the object file myprog o contains symbolic debugging information Poron sin 0 0 MINOS if Description Use the g option to instruct the compiler to include symbolic debugging information in the object module Debuggers such as PGDBG require symbolic debugging information in the object module to display and manipulate program variables and source code If you specify the g option on the command line the compiler sets the optimization level to 00 zero unless you specify the o option For more information on the interaction between the g and o options see the o entry Symbolic debugging may give confusing results if an optimization level other than zero is selected Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Note Including symbolic debugging information increases the size of the object module Related options O gopt gopt Instructs the compiler to include symbolic debugging information in the object file and to generate optimized code identical to that generated when g is not specified Default The compiler does not put debugging information into the object module Usage In the following example the object filenyprog o contains symbolic debugging information S jNCMEOWCICEIN GO mae E Description Using g alters how optimized code is generated in ways that are intended to enable or improve debugging of optimized code The gopt option instructs the compiler to include symbolic debugging inform
248. pped in contexts such as this example Siero yA A SOL TED et ets y vord PAS So O EAS f This is actually a safe operation A pointer to a const function may be put into a pointer to non const because a call using the pointer is permitted to modify the object and the function pointed to will actually not modify the object The opposite assignment would not be safe e Conversion operators specifying conversion to void are allowed e A nonstandard friend declaration may introduce a new type A friend declaration that omits the elaborated type specifier is allowed in default mode but in cfront mode the declaration is also allowed to introduce a new type name struct A friend B e The third operator of the operator is a conditional expression instead of an assignment expression e A reference to a pointer type may be initialized from a pointer value without use of a temporary even when the reference pointer type has additional type qualifiers above those present in the pointer value For example Wine MDF const int amp r p No temporary use e Areference may be initialized with a null Extensions accepted in GNU compatibility mode pgc OF pgcc gnu 146 Support for this emulation is ongoing New GNU C features are added as needed with priority given to features used in system headers Because the GNU compiler frequently changes behavior between releases pgC is configured to emulate the specific
249. pts code conforming to the standard C Annotated Reference Manual Usage The following command line requests ANSI conforming C S Pegas 4 lacio ee Description Use this option to instruct the PGC compiler to accept code conforming to the proposed ANSI C standard and to issues errors for non conforming code Related options a b and p Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference pgcpp only Instructs the PGC compiler to accept code conforming to the proposed ANSI C standard issuing warnings for non conforming code Default By default the compiler accepts code conforming to the standard C Annotated Reference Manual Usage The following command line requests ANSI conforming C issuing warnings for non conforming code pgcpp a hello cc Description Use this option to instruct the PGC compiler to accept code conforming to the proposed ANSI C standard and to issues warnings for non conforming code Related options A b and p alias select optimizations based on type based pointer alias rules in C and C Syntax alias ansi traditional Default None Usage The following command line enables optimizations pgcpp alias ansi nello cE Description Use this option to select optimizations based on type based pointer alias rules in C and C ansi Enable optimizations using ANSI C type based pointer disambiguation traditional Disable type based pointer disambiguation Rel
250. put M lt pgflag gt Selects variations for code generation and optimization mcmodel medium tp k8 64 and tp p7 64 targets only Generate code which supports the medium memory model in the linux86 64 environment F90 F95 only Save search for module files in directory lt moduledir gt module lt moduledir gt mp all align bind no numa Interpret and process user inserted shared memory parallel programming directives see Chapters 5 and 6 noswitcherror Ignore unknown command line switches after printing an warning message 0 Names the object file pc lt val gt tp px p5 p6 piii targets only Set precision globally for x87 floating point calculations must be used when compiling the main program lt val gt may be one of 32 64 or 80 pedantic Prints warnings from included lt system header files gt pg Instrument the generated executable to produce a gprof style gmon out sample based profiling trace file qp is also supported and is equivalent pgf77libs Append PGF77 runtime libraries to the link line pef90libs Append PGF90 PGF95 PGFORTRAN runtime libraries to the link line R lt directory gt Linux only Passed to the Linker Hard code lt directory gt into the search path for shared object files f Creates a relocatable object file r4 and r8 r4 Interpret DOUBLE PRECISION variables as REAL r8 Interpret REAL v
251. r treats all pointer arguments appearing in the routine as safe e Ifthe scope is global then the compiler treats all pointer arguments appearing in all routines as safe e When the pragma safe is followed by a variable name or a list of variable names each name is the name of a pointer argument in the current function and the compiler considers that named argument to be safe Note If only one variable name is specified you may omit the surrounding parentheses safe_lastval During parallelization scalars within loops need to be privatized Problems are possible if a scalar is accessed outside the loop If you know that a scalar is assigned on the last iteration of the loop making it safe to parallelize the loop you use the safe_lastval directive or pragma to let the compiler know the loop is safe to parallelize For example use the following C pragma to tell the compiler that for a given loop the last value computed for all scalars make it safe to parallelize the loop cpgi l safe_lastval pragma loop safe_lastval The command line option Msafe_lastval provides the same information for all loops within the routines being compiled essentially providing global scope In the following example the value of t may not be computed on the last iteration of the loop elo a a aie se xe Gk gt D 0 ENE t x i endif enddo v t If a scalar assigned within a loop is used outside the loop we normally save the last val
252. rameters in non prototyped functions this option results in non ANSI conformant code Mnosingle instructs the compiler to convert float parameters to double parameters in non prototyped functions Muchar instructs the compiler to treat plain char declarations as unsigned char Environment Controls 76 This section describes the M lt pgflag gt options that control environments Default For arguments that you do not specify the default environment option depends on your configuration The following list provides the syntax for each M lt peflag gt option that controls environments Each option has a description and if appropriate a list of any related options M1 s 32 bit Linux only link in libraries that enable file T O to files larger than 2GB Large File Support Mnostartup instructs the linker not to link in the standard startup routine that contains the entry point _start for the program Note If you use the Mnostartup option and do not supply an entry point the linker issues the following error message Warning cannot find entry symbol _start M no smartalloc huge h uge lt n gt hugebss nohuge adds a call to the routine mallopt in the main routine This option supports large TLBs on Linux and Windows This option must be used to compile the main routine to enable optimized malloc routines The option arguments can be any of the following huge Link in the huge page runtime library
253. ran modules PGI uses this mechanism to support the Win32 API and Unix Linux Mac OS X portability libraries This chapter describes the Fortran module library interfaces that PGI supports describing each property available Source Files All routines described in this chapter have their prototypes and interfaces described in source files that are included in the PGI Windows compiler installation The location of these files depends on your operating system version either win32 or win64 and the release version that you have installed such as 7 2 5 or 10 0 0 These files are typically located in this directory C Program Files PGI win32 win64 release_version src For example if you have installed the Win32 version of the 11 0 0 release look for your files in this location C Program Files PGI win32 11 0 0 sre Data Types Because the Win32 API and Portability interfaces resolve to C language libraries it is important to understand how the data types compare within the two languages Here is a table summarizing how C types correspond with Fortran types for some of the more common data types Table 7 1 Fortran Data Type Mappings Windows Data Type Fortran Data Type BOOL LOGICAL 4 BYTE BYTE CHAR CHARACTER WORD INTEGER 2 151 Using DFLIB LIBM and DFPORT Windows Data Type Fortran Data Type DWORD INT LONG INTEGER 4 LONG LONG INTEGER 8 FLOAT REAL 4 DOUBLE REAL 8 x86 Point
254. rate a list of make dependencies Usage In the following example the compiler generates a list of make dependencies and prints them to the file myprog d pgcpp MD myprog cc Description Use this option to generate a list of make dependencies and prints them to a file The name of the file is determined by the name of the file under compilation dependencies_file lt file gt Related options M P optk_allow_dollar_in_id_chars pgcpp only Accepts dollar signs in identifiers Default The compiler does not accept dollar signs in identifiers Usage In the following example the compiler allows dollar signs in identifiers S pgcpp optk_allow_dollar_in_id_chars myprog cc Description Use this option to instruct the compiler to accept dollar signs in identifiers microsoft_version lt num gt Sets the Microsoft C compatibility version Default The compiler uses the latest version 65 C and C specific Compiler Options pch 66 Usage In the following example the compiler sets the Microsoft C version to 1 5 S Pads AMLEROSOLE version 1 5 mysros eE Description Use this option to set the GNU C compatibility version to use when you compile Related options gnu_extensions Halts the compilation process after preprocessing and writes the preprocessed output to a file Default The compiler produces an executable file Usage In the following example the compiler produces t
255. re A description of the feature is provided W171 PGI Fortran extension nonstandard statement type W172 PGI Fortran extension numeric initialization of CHARACTER A CHARACTER 1 variable or array element was initialized with a numeric value W173 PGI Fortran extension nonstandard use of data type length specifier W174 PGI Fortran extension type declaration contains data initialization W175 PGI Fortran extension IMPLICIT range contains nonalpha characters W176 PGI Fortran extension nonstandard operator W177 PGI Fortran extension nonstandard use of keyword argument W178 lt reserved message number gt W179 PGI Fortran extension use of structure field reference W180 PGI Fortran extension nonstandard form of constant W181 PGI Fortran extension amp alternate return W182 PGI Fortran extension mixed non character and character elements in COMMON W183 PGI Fortran extension mixed non character and character EQUIVALENCE W184 Mixed type elements numeric and or character types in COMMON W185 Mixed numeric and or character type EQUIVALENCE 203 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 204 S186 Argument missing for formal argument 187 Too many arguments specified for S188 Argument number to type mismatch S189 Argument number to association of scalar actual argument to array dummy argument S190 Argument number to non conformable arrays S191 Argument number to c
256. re independent or contained in an array a structure or a union Table 1 1 Representation of Fortran Data Types Format Fortran Data Type Range LOGICAL 32 bit value INTEGER 2 s complement integer 25 to 2 1 INTEGER 2 2 s complement integer 32768 to 32767 INTEGER 4 2 s complement integer ol INTEGER 8 2 s complement integer 25 19 98 1 true or false LOGICAL 1 8 bit value true or false LOGICAL 2 16 bit value true or false Fortran Data Types Fortran Data Type Format Range LOGICAL 4 32 bit value true or false LOGICAL 8 64 bit value true or false BYTE 2 s complement 128 to 127 REAL Single precision floating point 10 to 1080 REAL 4 Single precision floating point 10 to 10 8 REAL 8 Double precision floating point 10 to 10 080 DOUBLE PRECISION Double precision floating point 107 to 1098 0 COMPLEX Single precision floating point 10 to 108 0 DOUBLE COMPLEX Double precision floating point 1097 to 108 0 COMPLEX 16 Double precision floating point 10 to 103080 CHARACTER n Sequence of n bytes Mm Approximate value The logical constants TRUE and FALSE are all ones and all zeroes respectively Internally the value of a logical variable is true if the least significant bit is one and false otherwise When the option Munixlogical is set a logical variable with a non zero value is true and with
257. rective 106 224 invarif pragma 106 ivdep directive 106 K Keywords C C 8 L Language options 74 Libraries Bdynamic option 17 Bstatic_pgi option 18 Bstatic option 18 link static libraries 18 Listing Files 94 98 98 Loops unrolling 109 Istval directive 106 106 Istval pragma 106 M Macros va_arg 127 Mangling C names 101 MXCSR register 134 N Names conventions 129 entities 101 external 101 Fortran conventions 139 noaltcode directive 104 noaltcode pragma 104 noassoc directive 105 noassoc pragma 105 nobounds directive 105 nocncall directive 105 nocncall pragma 105 noconcur directive 105 noconcur pragma 105 nodepchk directive 105 nodepchk pragma 105 noeqvchk directive 105 noeqvchk pragma 105 nofcon pragma 106 noinvarif directive 106 noinvarif pragma 106 nolstval pragma 106 NOMIXED_STR_LEN_ARG ATTRIBUTES directive 113 nosafe_lastval directive 107 nosafe_lastval pragma 107 nosafe pragma 107 nosafeptr pragma 108 nosingle pragma 109 nounroll directive 109 nounroll pragma 109 novector directive 110 novector pragma 110 novintr directive 110 novintr pragma 110 O OpenMP Fortran Directives 103 Optimization cache tiling 91 Fortran directives 103 loops 88 88 89 0 40 40 00 40 01 40 02 40 03 40 04 41 Olevel 40 pointers 90 prefetching 89 90 90 Options alter effects 103 opt pragma 106 P Parallelization directive
258. referenced in the loop does not all fit in level 2 cache cpgi altcode n nopeel For a vectorized loop where iteration peeling is performed by default if possible generates an alternate vectorized loop without iteration peeling to be executed if the loop count is less than or equal to n If n is omitted or n is 1 the compiler determines a suitable value of n for each loop and in some cases it may decide not to generate an alternate unpeeled loop cpgi altcode n vector For each vectorized loop generates an alternate scalar loop to be executed if the loop count is less than or equal to n If n is omitted or n is 1 the compiler determines a suitable value of n for each loop cpgi noaltcode Sets the loop count thresholds for parallelization of all innermost loops to 0 and disables alternate code generation for vectorized loops Chapter 4 Directives and Pragmas Reference assoc noassoc This directive or pragma toggles the effects of the Mvect noassoc command line option an optimization M control Scope This directive or pragma affects the compiler only when Mvect s se is enabled on the command line By default when scalar reductions are present the vectorizer may change the order of operations such as dot product so that it can generate better code Such transformations may change the result of the computation due to roundoff error The noassoc directive disables these transformations bounds nobounds This dire
259. regate Data Type Extensions oooooconnonccnnonccnnancnnonccnnnn cocoa corno noranononnnoconnnos 3 Fortran 90 Aggregate Data Types Derived Types ccceseeceeteeseeteeteeteenseeeenseeeeeaeeaeeeenees 4 Cand CHE D ta AV eS AA Le a TE 4 Cand CEA SEMALS oS aaa a aa ys tac a 4 C and C Aggregate Data Types aa 6 Class and Object Data Layout aaa 6 o sscan a E E N A a a a iA 7 Bit eld Alen 2 areena aiaa aun as 8 Other Type Keywords in C and Ct is ri dora 8 2 Command Line Options Reference oo ccc eeeeeeteseeneseesesneseenseeeneeeenen 9 PGT Compiler Option SUM ALY o sieve AR A AAA AA Ak 9 Budd Related PGE OpwOMms ada ari A awanraescya 9 PGI Debug Related Compiler Options 0 ec ceeeeecssecetesseeeeeeseeeneensecnsesteeseeenseseenaeenaeens 12 PGI Optimization Related Compiler Options 1 0 0 0 csc eeceeseceseeneseeeeseeeecesecnsecneesaeeeeeeneenaes 13 PGI Linking and Runtime Related Compiler Options 1 0 0 0 cceeceeeeeeeeeeeetecteeeteeeeeteeeeenaes 13 G and C Compiler Options diac nnrir neaei epean arana EEEE a e NEA AEE a Ta E aiaa 14 Generic PGL Compiler Options AAA AAA AA 17 C and C specific Compiler Options certain ira rior di 58 M Options CAC oaen RE aA E E e 69 Code Generation Cotler EEES AEAEE i 70 C G Lanas COMO RANA 74 Environment Controls cccccccecsseesececcccceccaceueesccccseceausaeeeeecccseceaaeaeseseecceseeaaaaeesetecs 76 Fortran Languase Control dd agate 77 SA A O a 81 Optimization C
260. release currently on the user s system The most recent versions of GCC implement some C 11 features that the front end does not yet implement Most notably among these non implemented features are initializer list extensions and constexpr functions Future releases will add support for these and other C 11 features will be added in forthcoming releases Chapter 6 C Dialect Supported A few GCC extensions that are likely not going to be supported in the foreseeable future are these e The forward declaration of function parameters so they can participate in variable length array parameters e GNU style complex integral types complex floating point types are supported e Nested functions e Local structs with variable length array fields Such fields are treated with a warning as zero length arrays Microsoft C Mode pgCC also extensively emulates Microsoft Visual C compilers pgC is configured to emulate the specific release currently on the user s system C Language Features Accepted The following features added in the C 11 standard are enabled in C 11 mode This mode can be combined with the option for strict standard conformance Several of these features are also enabled in default nonstrict C mode e A right shift token gt gt can be treated as two closing angle brackets For example template lt typename T gt struct S S lt S lt ime gt gt se Okay No whitespace needed between
261. rgaret Ellis and Bjarne Stroustrup AT amp T Bell Laboratories Inc Addison Wesley Publishing Co 1990 OpenMP Application Program Interface Version 2 5 May 2005 OpenMP Architecture Review Board 1997 2005 xvii xviii Chapter 1 Fortran C and C Data Types This chapter describes the scalar and aggregate data types recognized by the PGI Fortran C and C compilers the format and alignment of each type in memory and the range of values each type can have on x86 or x64 processor based systems running a 32 bit operating system For more information on x86 specific data representation refer to the System V Application Binary Interface Processor Supplement listed in Related Publications on page xvii This chapter specifically does not address x64 processor based systems running a 64 bit operating system because the application binary interface ABI for those systems is still evolving For the latest version of the ABI refer to www x86 64 org abi pdf Fortran Data Types Fortran Scalars A scalar data type holds a single value such as the integer value 42 or the real value 112 6 The next table lists scalar data types their size format and range Table 1 2 Real Data Type Ranges on page 2 shows the range and approximate precision for Fortran real data types Table 1 3 Scalar Type Alignment on page 2 shows the alignment for different scalar data types The alignments apply to all scalars whether they a
262. river For a 5 0 driver For a 5 5 driver UDA Driver Version 3000 UDA Driver Version 3010 UDA Driver Version 3020 UDA Driver Version 4000 UDA Driver Version 4010 UDA Driver Version 4020 UDA Driver Version 5000 CAE Qe AO Qu GY AO UDA Driver Version 5050 emu Enable Cuda Fortran emulation mode fastmath Use routines from the fast math library fermi is equivalent to Mcuda cc2x no flushz Enable disable flush to zero mode for floating point computations in the GPU code generated for CUDA Fortran kernels generate rdc Generate relocatable device code keepbin Keep the generated binary bin file for CUDA Fortran keepgpu Keep the generated GPU code for CUDA Fortran keepptx Keep the portable assembly ptx file for the GPU code kepler is equivalent to Mcuda cc3x maxregcount n Specify the maximum number of registers to use on the GPU Leaving this blank indicates no limit nofma Do not generate fused multiply add instructions 79 M Options by Category 80 noL1 Prevent the use of L1 hardware data cache to cache global variables ptxinfo Show PTXAS informational messages during compilation rdc Enable CUDA Fortran separate compilation and linking of device routines including device routines in Fortran modules To enable separate compilation and linking include the command line option Mcuda rdc on both the compile and the link steps tesla is equivalent to M
263. rrently 2048 S228 EOF in comment The end of a file was encountered while processing a comment S229 EOF in macro call to The end of a file was encountered while processing a call to the indicated macro 205 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 206 S230 EOF in string The end of a file was encountered while processing a quoted string S231 Formal parameters too long for The total length of the parameters in the definition of the indicated macro exceeded the maximum allowed currently 2048 S232 Identifier too long The length of an identifier exceeded the maximum allowed currently 2048 S233 lt reserved message number gt W234 Illegal directive name The sequence of characters following a sign was not an identifier W235 Illegal macro name A macro name was not an identifier S236 Illegal number The indicated number contained a syntax error F237 Line too long The input source line length exceeded the maximum allowed currently 2048 W238 Missing endif End of file was encountered before a required endif directive was found W239 Missing argument list for A call of the indicated macro had no argument list S240 Number too long The length of a number exceeded the maximum allowed currently 2048 W241 Redefinition of symbol The indicated macro name was redefined 1242 Redundant definition for symbol A definition for the indicated macro name was found that was the same as a previous definition
264. rror severity of the diag_warning tag specified diagnostic messages 15 C and C Compiler Options Option Description e lt number gt pgcpp only Set the C front end error limit to the specified lt number gt no_ exceptions pgcpp only Disable enable exception handling support The default is exceptions gnu_extensions pgcpp only Allow GNU extensions like include next which are required to compile Linux system header files gnu_version lt num gt pgcpp only Sets the GNU C compatibility version no llalign pgcpp only Do don t align longlong integers on integer boundaries The default is llalign M Generate make dependence lists MD Generate make dependence lists MD filename pgcpp only Generate make dependence lists and print them to file filename microsoft_ version lt num gt Sets the Microsoft C compatibility version optk_allow_dollar_in_id_chars pgcpp only Accept dollar signs in identifiers P Stops after the preprocessing phase and saves the preprocessed file in filename i p pgcpp only Disallow all anachronistic constructs cfront option pch pgcpp only Automatically use and or create a precompiled header file pch_dir directoryname pgcpp only The directory dirname in which to search for and or create a precompiled header file no_ pch_messages
265. rtran only dll Link with the DLL version of the runtime libraries Miscellaneous Windows only dollar char Specifies the character to which the compiler maps Fortran Language the dollar sign code pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only no dwarf Specifies not to add DWARF debug information Code Generation dwarf When used with g generate DWARF1 format debug Code Generation information dwarf2 When used with g generate DWARF2 format debug Code Generation information dwarf3 When used with g generate DWARF3 format debug Code Generation information extend Instructs the compiler to accept 132 column source Fortran Language code otherwise it accepts 72 column code pef77 pgf95 pefortran only extract invokes the function extractor Inlining no m128 Instructs the compiler to treat floating point C C Language constants as float data types pgcc and pgcpp only fixed Instructs the compiler to assume F77 style fixed Fortran Language format source code pgf95 pgfortran only no flushz Do don t set SSE flush to zero mode Code Generation no fpapprox Specifies not to use low precision fp approximation Optimization operations 33 Generic PGI Compiler Options 34 pgflag Description Category no f option Perform certain floating point intrinsic functions Optimization using relaxed precision free Instructs the compiler to assume F90 style free Fortran Lan
266. s provides a list of compiler error messages Preface Hardware and Software Constraints This guide describes versions of the PGI compilers that produce assembly code for x86 and x64 processor based systems Details concerning environment specific values and defaults and system specific features or limitations are presented in the release notes delivered with the PGI compilers Conventions The PGI Compiler Reference Manual uses the following conventions italic Italic font is for emphasis Constant Width Constant width font is for commands filenames directories examples and for language statements in the text including assembly language statements item1 Square brackets indicate optional items In this case item1 is optional item2 item 3 Braces indicate that a selection is required In this case you must select either item2 or item3 filename Ellipsis indicate a repetition Zero or more of the preceding item may occur In this example multiple filenames are allowed FORTRAN Fortran language statements are shown in the text of this guide using upper case characters and a reduced point size The PGI compilers and tools are supported on both 32 bit and 64 bit variants of Linux Mac OS X and Windows operating systems on a variety of x86 compatible processors There are a wide variety of releases and distributions of each of these types of operating systems Further the PGI Compiler Reference Manual uses a num
267. s 103 failed auto parallelization 98 Mconcur auto parallelization 84 user directed 39 Parameters passing in registers 120 127 137 type 121 122 137 type in C 127 Pointers rsp 124 124 134 134 frame 117 120 127 136 return values 117 stack 117 Pragmas altcode 104 assoc 105 bounds bounds pragma 105 cncall 105 concur 105 depchk 105 eqvchk 105 fcon 106 invarif 106 Istval 106 noaltcode 104 noassoc 105 nobounds nobounds pragma 105 nocneall 105 noconcur 105 nodepchk 105 noeqvchk 105 nofcon 106 noinvarif 106 nolstval 106 nosafe 107 nosafe_lastval 107 nosafeptr 108 nosingle 109 nounroll 109 novector 110 novintr 110 opt 106 prefetch 106 prefetch syntax 110 safe 107 safe_lastval 107 safeptr 108 single 109 tp 109 unroll 109 vector 110 vintr 110 Prefetch directives 110 directives syntax 110 Mprefetch 90 pargma syntax 110 prefetch directive 106 106 prefetch pragma 106 R REFERENCE ATTRIBUTES directive 113 Registers rax 127 allocation 122 132 flags 117 floating point 117 local 117 MXCSR 134 non volatile 134 parameter passing 120 127 137 RFLAGS 124 runtime allocation 116 scratch 117 117 usage 132 usage conventions 115 x64 systems 134 Return values inegral 117 none 118 pointers 117 types 129 RELAGS register 124 Runtime environment 115 Runtime Environment 115 S safe_lastval directive 107 safe_lastva
268. s functions common blocks are converted to lower case In addition an underscore is appended to Fortran global names to distinguish the Fortran name space from the C C name space Argument Passing and Return Conventions Arguments are passed by reference i e the address of the argument is passed rather than the argument itself In contrast C C arguments are passed by value When passing an argument declared as Fortran type CHARACTER an argument representing the length of the CHARACTER argument is also passed to the function This length argument is a four byte integer passed by value and is passed at the end of the parameter list following the other formal arguments A length argument is passed for each CHARACTER argument the length arguments are passed in the same order as their respective CHARACTER arguments A Fortran function returning a value of type CHARACTER adds two arguments to the beginning of its argument list The first additional argument is the address of the area created by the caller for the return value the second additional argument is the length of the return value If a Fortran function is declared to return a character value of constant length for example CHARACTER 4 FUNCTION CHF the second extra parameter representing the length of the return value must still be supplied A Fortran complex function returns its value in memory The caller provides space for the return value and passes the address of this st
269. s _mm_mul_epu32 _mm_shufflehi_epil6 _mm_cmpunord_pd _mm_cvttpd_epi32 _mm_sll_epil6 _mm_shufflelo_epil6 _mm_cmpeq_sd _mm_cvttpd_pi32 _mm_sll_epi32 _mm_shuffle_epi32 _mm_cmplt_sd _mm_cvtpi32_pd _mm_sll_epi64 _mm_extract_epil6 _mm_cmple_sd _mm_cvtps_epi32 _mm_sra_epil6 _mm_insert_epil6 _mm_cmpet_sd _mm_cvttps_epi32 _mm_sra_epi32 Table 8 4 lists the SSE3 intrinsics that PGI supports and that are available in pmmintrin h Table 8 4 SSE3 Intrinsics pmmintrin h _mm_addsub_ps _mm_moveldup_ps _mm_loaddup_pd _mm_mwait _mm_hadd_ps _mm_addsub_pd _mm_movedup_pd _mm_hsub_ps _mm_hadd_pd _mm_lddqu_sil28 _mm_movehdup_ps _mm_hsub_pd _mm_monitor Table 8 5 lists the SSSE3 intrinsics that PGI supports and that are available in tmmintrin h _mm_hadd_epil6 _mm_hadd_epi32 _mm_hadds_epil6 _mm_hadd_pil6 Table 8 5 SSSE3 Intrinsics tmmintrin h _mm_hsubs_pil6 _mm_sign_pil6 _mm_maddubs_epil6 _mm_sign_pi32 _mm_maddubs_pil6 _mm_alignr_epi8 _mm_mulhrs_epil6 _mm_alignr_pi8 187 ABM Intrinsics _mm_hadd_pi32 _mm_mulhrs_pil6 _mm_abs_epi8 _mm_hadds_pil6 _mm_shuffle_epi8 _mm_abs_epil6 _mm_hsub_epil6 _mm_shuffle_pi8 _mm_abs_epi32 _mm_hsub_epi32 _mm_sign_epi8 _mm_abs_pi8 _mm_hsubs_epil6 _mm_sign_epil6 _mm_abs_pil6 _mm_hsub_pil6 _mm_sign_epi32 _mm_abs_pi32 _mm_hsub_pi32 _mm_sign_pi8 Table 8 6 lists the SSE4a intrinsics that PGI supports and that are available in ammintrin h Table 8 6 SSE4a Intrinsics ammintrin h _mm_stream_sd _mm_extract_si64 _mm_
270. s a BYTE 1129 Floating point overflow Check constants and constant expressions 1130 Floating point underflow Check constants and constant expressions 1131 Integer overflow Check floating point expressions cast to integer 1132 Floating pt invalid oprnd Check constants and constant expressions 1133 Divide by 0 0 Check constants and constant expressions S134 Illegal attribute W135 Missing STRUCTURE name field A STRUCTURE name field is required on the outermost structure W136 Field namelist not allowed The field namelist field of the STRUCTURE statement is disallowed on the outermost structure W137 Field namelist is required in nested structures W138 Multiply defined STRUCTURE member name A member name was used more than once within a structure W139 Structure in RECORD statement not defined A RECORD statement contains a reference to a STRUCTURE that has not yet been defined S140 Variable is not a RECORD S141 RECORD required on left of S142 is not a member of this RECORD S143 requires initializer W144 NEED ERROR MESSAGE This is used as a temporary message for compiler development W145 SFILL only valid within STRUCTURE block The FILL special name was used outside of a STRUCTURE multiline statement It is only valid when used within a STRUCTURE multiline statement even though it is ignored S146 Expression must be character type S147 Character expression not allowed in this context 201
271. s available with help Table 2 6 Subgroups for help Option Use this help option To get this information help asm A list of options specific to the assembly phase help debug A list of options related to debug information generation help groups A list of available switch classifications help language A list of language specific options help linker A list of options specific to link phase help opt A list of options specific to optimization phase help other A list of other options such as ANSI conformance pointer aliasing for C help overall A list of options generic to any PGI compiler help phase A list of build process phases and to which compiler they apply Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference Use this help option To get this information help prepro A list of options specific to the preprocessing phase help suffix A list of known file suffixes and to which phases they apply help switch A list of all known options this is equivalent to usage of help without any parameter help target A list of options specific to target processor help variable A list of all variables and their current value They can be redefined on the command line using syntax VAR VALUE For more examples of help refer to Help with Command line Options on page 103 Related options show
272. s enabled pgfortran Mbounds myprog f Related options m S V v The following list provides the syntax for each miscellaneous M lt peflag gt option Each option has a description and if appropriate a list of any related options Manno annotate the generated assembly code with source code Implies Mkeepasm Mbounds enables array bounds checking If an array is an assumed size array the bounds checking only applies to the lower bound If an array bounds violation occurs during execution an error message describing the error is printed and the program terminates The text of the error message includes the name of the array the location where the error occurred the source file and the line number in the source and information about the out of bounds subscript its value its lower and upper bounds and its dimension The following is a sample error message PGFTN F Subscript out of range for array a a f 2 subscript 3 lower bound 1 upper bound 2 dimension 2 Mnobounds disables array bounds checking Mbyteswapio swap byte order from big endian to little endian or vice versa upon input output of Fortran unformatted data files Mchkfpstk 32 bit only instructs the compiler to check for internal consistency of the x87 floating point stack in the prologue of a function and after returning from a function or subroutine call Floating point stack corruption may occur in many ways one of which is F
273. s set in C the function still produces the x86 machine instruction for computation and arguments are passed on the stack which results in a memory store and load Finally Kieee also disables reciprocal division for constant divisors That is for a b with unknown a and constant b the expression is usually converted at compile time to a 1 b thus turning an expensive divide into a relatively fast scalar multiplication However numerical discrepancies can occur when this optimization is used Understanding and correctly using the pc Mnobuiltin and Kieee switches should enable you to produce the desired and expected precision for calculations which utilize floating point operations Related options Kieee Mnobuiltin pedantic Prints warnings from included lt system header files gt Default The compiler prints the warnings from the included system header files 43 Generic PGI Compiler Options Usage In the following example the compiler prints the warnings from the included system header files pgfortran pedantic myprog f Related options Linux only Instructs the compiler to instrument the generated executable for gprof style sample based profiling Default The compiler does not instrument the generated executable for gprof style profiling Usage In the following example the program is compiled for profiling using pgdbg or gprof S pgfortran pg myprog c Description Use this option to instruct the
274. s the BESSEL function of the first kind of order 0 of X where X is real besjl REAL 4 Computes the BESSEL function of the first kind of order 1 of X where X is real besjn REAL 4 Computes the BESSEL function of the first kind of order N of X where N is an integer and X is real besy0 REAL 4 Computes the BESSEL function of the second kind of order 0 of X where X is real besyl REAL 4 Computes the BESSEL function of the second kind of order 1 of X where X is real besyn REAL 4 Computes the BESSEL function of the second kind of order N of X where N is an integer and X is real chdir INTEGER 4 Changes the current directory to the directory specified Returns 0 if successful or an error 154 Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows Routine Result Description chmod INTEGER 4 Changes the mode of a file by setting the access permissions of the specified file to the specified mode Returns 0 if successful or error ctime STRING 24 Converts and returns the specified time and date as a string date STRING Returns the date as a character string dd mm yy dbesj0 REAL 8 Computes the double precision BESSEL function of the first kind of order 0 of X where X is a double precision argument dbesj1 REAL 8 Computes the double precision BESSEL function of the first kind of order 1 of X where X is a double precision argument dbesjn REAL 8 Computes the d
275. s virtual base class pointers its own fields and its virtual function information but no space is allocated for its virtual base classes Chapter 1 Fortran C and C Data Types e Next storage for the class s own fields e Next storage for virtual function information typically a pointer to a virtual function table e Finally storage for its virtual base classes with space enough in each case for its own non virtual base classes virtual base class pointers fields and virtual function information Aggregate Alignment The alignment of an array a structure or union an aggregate affects how much space the object occupies and how efficiently the processor can address members Arrays align according to the alignment of the array elements For example an array of short data type aligns on a 2 byte boundary Structures and Unions align according to the most restrictive alignment of the enclosing members In the following example the union unl aligns on a 4 byte boundary since the alignment of c the most restrictive element is four union unl sino ap 2 O ye Si char bj 7 1 byte iae op 4 bytes y Structure alignment can result in unused space called padding Padding between members of a structure is called internal padding Padding between the last member and the end of the space occupied by the structure is called tail padding Figure 1 1 Internal Padding in a Structure on page 7 illustrates stru
276. sages 198 S075 Subscript substring or argument illegal in this context for This can happen if you try to doubly index an array such as ra 2 3 This also applies to substring and function references S076 Subscripts specified for non array variable S077 Subscripts omitted from array S078 Wrong number of subscripts specified for S079 Keyword form of argument illegal in this context for S080 Subscript for array is out of bounds 081 Illegal selector S082 Illegal substring expression for variable Substring expressions must be of type integer and if constant must be greater than zero S083 Vector expression used where scalar expression required A vector expression was used in an illegal context For example iscalar iarray where a scalar is assigned the value of an array Also character and record references are not vectorizable S084 Illegal use of symbol This message is used for many different errors S085 Incorrect number of arguments to statement function S086 Dummy argument to statement function must be a variable S087 Non constant expression where constant expression required S088 Recursive subroutine or function call of A function may not call itself S089 Illegal use of symbol with character length Symbols of type CHARACTER must be dummy variables and must not be used as statement function dummy parameters and statement function names Also a dummy variable of type CHARACTER
277. sed in the first general purpose register rcx and the second argument will be passed in the second XMM register xmm1 the first XMM register and second general purpose register are ignored Arguments after the first four are passed on the stack Integral and pointer type return values are returned in rax Floating point return values are returned in xmm0 Additional registers with assigned roles in the standard calling sequence rsp The stack pointer holds the limit of the current stack frame which is the address of the stack s bottom most valid word The stack pointer should point to a 16 byte aligned area unless in the prolog or a leaf function rbp The frame pointer if used can provide a way to reference the previous frames on the stack Details are implementation dependent A function must preserve this register value for its caller MXCSR The flags register MXCSR contains the system flags such as the direction flag and the carry flag The six status flags MXCSR 0 5 are volatile the remainder of the register is nonvolatile x87 Floating Point Control Word FPCSR The control word contains the floating point flags such as the rounding mode and exception masking This register is initialized at process initialization time and its value must be preserved Signals can interrupt processes Functions called during signal handling have no unusual restriction on their use of registers Moreover if a signal handling funct
278. seesseenaeenee 1 1 2 Real Data Type Rang s ii dica 2 1 3 Scalar Type Alignment ana 2 1 4 CCH Scalar Data DSi laeldslald E R jones 4 1 5 Scalar Ale iia dd cals AR o 5 2 1 PGI Build Related Compiler Options 00 0 0 ccc eeceecesseenseeneeeeeeeeeeeecnsecnseceeseeeseesneesaeenseeneeeaeeeeees 10 2 2 PGI Debug Related Compiler Options 00 0 0 cee eeceeceeeeetecesecnseeceeeeeeeeesecnsecnseseesaeseeeseenseeeesns 12 2 3 Optimization Related PGI Compiler Options 0 0 0 0 cc ceeeeeseeseeceeeeceneensecneesneeseeeeeeseenieeeesaeeeeees 13 2 4 Linking and Runtime Related PGI Compiler Options cccceeceseeseeseeeecteeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeneenees 13 2 5 C and C specific Compiler Options serio ini eaeauea as 14 2 6 Subgroups for help Option diia 26 MO PONSA e ds 32 2 8 Optimization and O g Mvect and Mconcur Options oooooccnncnocononionnconcnnnonncnonononooncrancnnccnnos 41 AL IGNORE IKE Example a a DS ias 112 SL Register Allocation ua ai 116 is AA RN 116 5 3 Stack Contents for Functions Returning struct union oooonnnnnnncnnonacinnccononano corn ro nn nono no non cnancrnn nos 119 5 4 Integral and Pointer Arguments ii diri 119 5 5 Floating point Arguments siii dd 119 5 6 Structure and Union Arguments si assess castadipsctssytasnicacneakpenaspasadracbaldgessesesndtentdine doxduttsaatdaetesotens 120 5 7 Register AllOCAtHOM iia AA ANE EAT 122 5 8 Standard Stack Frame sicoiir da E heen 123 5 9 Register Allocatio
279. signment statements may not appear in WHERE statement or WHERE block S441 may not appear in a FORALL block E442 Adjustable length character type not supported on this host S443 EQUIVALENCE of derived types not supported on this host Chapter 9 Messages S444 Derived type in EQUIVALENCE statement must have SEQUENCE attribute A variable or array with derived type appears in an EQUIVALENCE statement The derived type must have the SEQUENCE attribute but does not E445 Array bounds must be integer The expressions in the array bounds must be integer S446 Argument number to rank mismatch The number of dimensions in the array or array expression does not match the number of dimensions in the dummy argument S447 Argument number to must be a subroutine or function name S448 Argument number to must be a subroutine name S449 Argument number to must be a function name S450 Argument number to kind mismatch S451 Arrays of derived type with a distributed member are not supported S452 Assumed length character is not a dummy argument S453 Derived type variable with pointer member not allowed in Io S454 Subprogram is not a module procedure Only names of module procedures declared in this module or accessed through USE association can appear in a MODULE PROCEDURE statement S455 A derived type array section cannot appear with a member array section A reference like A B
280. ssssessaseeesaseaes 115 Linux86 and Win32 Programming Model sica date 115 Futiciton Calling Sequence init delta 115 Rufiction Return Values A da iia 118 ALOUMENU DAS RA ROS 119 Linux86 64 Programming Model aa AA AAA 122 PG Compiler Reference Manual Function Calling Sequence a iia 122 FU CHOM Return Vales AS 124 Argument PASSING sciences sans det aii an sea a i ii danas a a R E a a a 125 Linux86 64 Fortran Supplement cccccssssscssssseccessssscceesesceseacescsceseesensessesseaseecaeeaes 128 Win64 Programming Model cccccsccssesssssesscsssescsseesceseessesecsessecseseecsaseeseaseesesssaesassseserens 132 Function Callino Sequence ar aid 132 F ncton Return Vales ardid 135 Argument Passing iii A a A eE 135 Win64 Fortran Supplement cccccccccesscssecscsessessecesecsseeecssesessseesessecsesseeseeneseeeees 138 6 C Dialect Supported ita 143 Extensions Accepted in Normal C Mode cooooooocccoconocononconononcnncconono nono nnononn nono nono nnn ran cr nana 143 cfront 2 1 Compatibility Mode idea ii di 144 cfront 2 1 3 0 Compatibility Mode eiii ds 146 Extensions accepted in GNU compatibility mode pgC OF pgCC gnu cnccoocnonnonnnnnnocinonnninnnos 146 Microsoft C Mode ini A E ii 147 C Language Features Accepted ccscesesscesseesecesecssecsseeeesseeseesecssecaecsaesseeseeseesaeenaeaes 147 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows 0 0 0 0 ccccccceeeeeteteeteeees 151 SOM
281. statement cannot be matched with a preceding IF THEN statement 106 DO index variable must be a scalar variable The DO index variable cannot be an array name a subscripted variable a PARAMETER name a function name a structure name etc 107 Illegal assigned goto variable 199 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 200 108 Illegal variable in NAMELIST group A NAMELIST group can only consist of arrays and scalars which are not dummy arguments and pointer based variables I109 Overflow in constant constant truncated at left A non decimal hexadecimal octal or binary constant requiring more than 64 bits produces an overflow The constant is truncated at left e g 1234567890abcdef1 x will be 234567890abcdef1 x I110 lt reserved message number gt I111 Underflow of real or double precision constant I112 Overflow of real or double precision constant 113 Label is referenced but never defined 114 Cannot initialize W115 Assignment to DO variable in loop 116 Illegal use of pointer based variable S117 Statement not allowed within a definition The statement may not appear in a STRUCTURE or derived type definition 118 Statement not allowed in DO IF or WHERE block I119 Redundant specification for Data type of indicated symbol specified more than once 1120 Label is defined but never referenced 1121 Operation requires logical or integer data types An operation in an expression was attemp
282. stmath Use routines from the fast math library fermi is equivalent to ta nvidia cc2x no flushz Enable disable flush to zero mode for floating point computations in the GPU code generated for for PGI Accelerator model compute regions keep Keep the kernel files kepler is equivalent to ta nvidia cc3x maxregcount n Specify the maximum number of registers to use on the GPU Leaving this blank indicates no limit nofma Do not generate fused multiply add instructions noL1 Prevents the use of L1 hardware data cache to cache global variables tesla is equivalent to ta nvidia cclx time Link in a limited profiling library as described in Profiling Accelerator Kernels in the Using an Accelerator chapter of the PGI Compiler User s Guide Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference host Select NO accelerator target Generate PGI Unified Binary Code as described in PGi Unified Binaries for Accelerators in the Using an Accelerator chapter of the PGI Compiler User s Guide Related options time Print execution times for various compilation steps Default The compiler does not print execution times for compilation steps Usage In the following example pgfortran prints the execution times for the various compilation steps pgfortran time myprog f Description Use this option to print execution times for various compilation steps Related options tp lt target gt target Sets the
283. supplied A Fortran complex function returns its value in memory The caller provides space for the return value and passes the address of this storage as if it were the first argument to the function Alternate return specifiers of a Fortran function are not passed as arguments by the caller The alternate return function passes the appropriate return value back to the caller in rax The handling of the following Fortran 90 features is implementation defined internal procedures pointer arguments assumed shape arguments functions returning arrays and functions returning derived types Inter language Calling Inter language calling between Fortran and C C is possible if function subroutine parameters and return values match types If a C C function returns a value call it from Fortran as a function otherwise call it as 139 Win64 Programming Model a subroutine If a Fortran function has type CHARACTER or COMPLEX call it from C C as a void function If a Fortran subroutine has alternate returns call it from C C as a function returning int the value of such a subroutine is the value of the integer expression specified in the alternate RETURN statement If a Fortran subroutine does not contain alternate returns call it from C C as a void function Table 5 17 provides the C C data type corresponding to each Fortran data type Table 5 17 Fortran and C C Data Type Compatibility
284. t 91 Mwritable_strings 100 Mtraceback 55 64 72 82 90 alternative_tokens 59 60 64 67 68 nontemporal move 72 noswitcherror 39 0 40 0 41 optk_allow_dollar_in_id_chars 65 P 66 pc 42 pch 66 pch_dir 67 pedantic 43 pg 44 pef77libs 44 44 pef90libs 44 preinclude 67 R 45 1 45 r4 and r8 45 rc 46 redundancy elimination 72 rpath 46 S 47 S 47 shared 47 show 47 silent 48 soname 48 stack 48 t 68 time 49 51 Ap 51 u 55 U 55 use_pch 67 V 56 v 56 W 57 w 57 X 69 Xs 58 Xt 58 zc_eh 69 75 Compilers inform 103 PGC xvi PGF77 xvi PGF95 xvi pefortran xvi concur directive 105 concur pragma 105 Constants logical 129 Control word 117 Conventions runtime on x86 processor 115 D Data types 1 130 attributes 8 bit fields 8 C C aggregate alignment 7 C C scalar data types 4 C C struct 6 C C void 8 C class and object layout 6 C classes 6 DEC structures 3 DEC Unions 3 F90 derived types 4 Fortran representation 1 Fortran scalars 1 internal padding 7 Real ranges 2 scalars 2 tail padding 7 Debug command line options 12 DECORATE directive 113 depchk directive 105 depchk pragma 105 Directives ALIAS 112 altcode 104 assoc 105 ATTRIBUTES 112 bounds 105 Index cncall 105 concur 105 DECORATE 113 depchk 105 DISTRI
285. t be inlined The default is to inline all eligible functions according to internally defined heuristics Valid only immediately following the inline suboption no f90ptr F90 F95 pointer disambiguation across calls The default is nof90ptr fast choose IPA options generally optimal for the target To see settings for Mipa fast on a given target use he 1p force force all objects to re compile regardless of whether IPA information has changed no globals optimize references to global variables The default is noglobals inline n perform automatic function inlining If the optional n is provided limit inlining to at most n levels IPA based function inlining is performed from leaf routines upward ipofile save IPA information in an ipo file rather than incorporating it into the object file jobs n recompile n jobs in parallel and print source file names as they are compiled no keepobj keep the optimized object files using file name mangling to reduce re compile time in subsequent builds The default is keepobj no libc optimize calls to certain standard C library routines The default is nolibc no libinline allow inlining of routines from libraries implies Mipa in1ine The default is nolibinline no libopt allow recompiling and optimization of routines from libraries using IPA information The default is nolibopt no localarg equivalent to arg plus externalization of local pointer targets The default is nolocalarg
286. t integer values __m256 immintrin h For use with Avx intrinsics this 256 bit data type aligned on 31 byte boundaries stores eight single precision floating point values __m256d immintrin h For use with Avx intrinsics this 256 bit data type aligned on 32 byte boundaries stores four double precision floating point values boundaries stores four 64 bit integer values _ m256 immintrin h For use with Avx intrinsics this 256 bit data type aligned on 16 byte Intrinsic Example The MMX SSE intrinsics include functions for initializing variables of the types defined in the preceding table The following sample program example c illustrates the use of the SSE intrinsics _mm_add_ps and _mm_set_ps include lt xmmintrin h gt int main HZ TN 18 este y N Md Sc jos 23 3 SN 234 234 Misa TAG Er E A ser jos 15 4 54 3 LL B 6 p inicialize a result _mm_add_ps A B return 0 To compile this program use the following command 182 Chapter 8 C C MMX SSE Inline Intrinsics pgcc example c o myprog The inline library Libintrinsics il is automatically inlined MMX Intrinsics PGI supports a set of MMX Intrinsics which allow the use of the MMX instructions directly from C C code without writing the assembly instructions The following table lists the MMX intrinsics that PGI supports Note Intrinsics with a are only available on 64 bit
287. t string 223 illegal P or T edit descriptor value missing 224 illegal Hollerith or character string in format An unknown token type has been found in a format encoded at run time 225 lexical error unknown token type 226 unrecognized edit descriptor letter in format An unexpected Fortran edit descriptor FED was found in a run time format item 228 end of file reached without finding group 229 end of file reached while processing group 230 scale factor out of range 128 to 127 Fortran P edit descriptor scale factor not within range of 128 to 127 231 error on data conversion 233 too many constants to initialize group item 234 invalid edit descriptor An invalid edit descriptor has been found in a format statement 235 edit descriptor does not match item type Data types specified by T O list item and corresponding edit descriptor conflict 236 formatted record longer than 2000 characters 237 quad precision type unsupported 238 tab value out of range A tab value of less than one has been specified 239 entity name is not member of group 240 no initial left parenthesis in format string 241 unexpected end of format string 242 illegal operation on direct access file 243 format parentheses nesting depth too great 244 syntax error entity name expected 245 syntax error within group definition 219 Fortran Run time Error Messages 220 246 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 infinite format scan for edit descript
288. tWindowLongPtr GetWindowRect GetWindowText GetWindowWord HiliteMenultem InSendMessageEx InternalGetWindowText InvalidateRen IsCharAlphaNumeric IsChild IsDlgButtonChecked IsIconic IsWindow IsWindowVisible IsZoomed LoadAccelerators LoadCursor2 GetMenuCheckMarkDimensions GetMenulnfo GetMenultemInfo GetMenuString GetMessagePos GetMouseMovePointsEx GetOpenClipboardWindow GetProcessDefaultLayout GetQueueStatus GetRawInputDevicelnfo GetScrollBarInfo GetScrollRange GetSysColor GetSystemMetrics GetTitleBarInfo GetUpdateRgn GetWindow GetWindowInfo GetWindowModuleFileName GetWindowRegn GetWindowTextLength GrayString InflateRect InsertMenu IntersectRect InvertRect IsCharLower IsClipboardFormatAvailable IsGUIThread IsMenu IsWindowEnabled IsWinEventHookInstalled keybd_event LoadBitmap LoadCursorFromFile 177 Supported Libraries and Modules 178 LoadIcon1 LoadKeyboardLayout LoadMenulndirect LockWindowUpdate LookupIconIdFromDirectoryEx MapVirtualKey MenultemFromPoint MessageBoxEx ModifyMenu2 MonitorFromWindow MsgWaitForMultipleObjects OemKeyScan OffsetRect Opentcon PaintDesktop PostQuitMessage PrivateExtractIcons RealGetWindowClass RegisterClassEx RegisterHotKey RegisterWindowMessage RemoveMenu ScreenToClient ScrollWindowEx SendMessage SendNotifyMessage SetCaretBlinkTime SetClassLongPtr SetClipboardViewer SetDebugErrorLevel SetDoubleClickTime SetKeyboardState SetMenu S
289. target architecture Default The PGI compilers produce code specifically targeted to the type of processor on which the compilation is performed In particular the default is to use all supported instructions wherever possible when compiling on a given system The default style of code generation is auto selected depending on the type of processor on which compilation is performed Further the tp x64 style of unified binary code generation is only enabled by an explicit tp x64 option Note Executables created on a given system may not be usable on previous generation systems For example executables created on a Pentium 4 may fail to execute on a Pentium III or Pentium II The tp flags and m32 m64 flags without a bit length suffix use the current bit width rather than defaulting to 32 bit For example if you have the 32 bit driver on your path then tp shanghai defaults to 32 bit while if you are using the 64 bit driver it defaults to 64 bit For example tp p7 m64 m64 tp p7 tp p7 64 m64 tp p7 64 and tp p7 64 m64 all mean the same thing Usage In the following example pgfortran sets the target architecture to EM64T S jOCHE Iticaim o 19704 mAn 1 Description Use this option to set the target architecture By default the PGI compiler uses all supported instructions wherever possible when compiling on a given system As a result executables created on a given system may not be usable on previous generatio
290. ted on data having a data type incompatible with the operation For example a logical expression can consist of only logical elements of type integer or logical Real data would be invalid 1122 Character string truncated Character string or Hollerith constant appearing in a DATA statement or PARAMETER statement has been truncated to fit the declared size of the corresponding identifier W123 Hollerith length specification too big reduced The length specifier field of a hollerith constant specified more characters than were present in the character field of the hollerith constant The length specifier was reduced to agree with the number of characters present S124 Relational expression mixes character with numeric data A relational expression is used to compare two arithmetic expressions or two character expressions A character expression cannot be compared to an arithmetic expression 1125 Dummy procedure not declared EXTERNAL A dummy argument which is not declared in an EXTERNAL statement is used as the subprogram name in a CALL statement or is called as a function and is therefore assumed to be a dummy procedure This message can result from a failure to declare a dummy array Chapter 9 Messages I126 Name is not an intrinsic function 1127 Optimization level for changed to opt 1 W128 Integer constant truncated to fit data type An integer constant will be truncated when assigned to data types smaller than 32 bits such a
291. ted sequential access and direct access files are the same on the systems It further assumes that the IEEE representation is used for floating point numbers In particular the format of unformatted data files produced by PGI Fortran compilers is identical to the format used on Sun and SGI workstations this format allows you to read and write unformatted Fortran data files produced on those platforms from a program compiled for an x86 or x64 platform using the byteswapio option Related options None Enables array bounds checking This option only applies to the PGI Fortran compilers Default The compiler does not enable array bounds checking Usage In this example the compiler instruments the executable produced from myprog to perform array bounds checking at runtime S Parore C moro dE Description Use this option to enable array bounds checking If an array is an assumed size array the bounds checking only applies to the lower bound If an array bounds violation occurs during execution an error message describing the error is printed and the program terminates The text of the error message includes the name of the array the location where the error occurred the source file and the line number in the source and information about the out of bounds subscript its value its lower and upper bounds and its dimension 19 Generic PGI Compiler Options Related options M no bounds C Halts the compilation process a
292. tion contains an induction variable whose increment may be zero pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only uchar Specifies unsigned char for characters pgcc and C C Language pecpp only also see schar unix Uses UNIX calling and naming conventions for Code Generation Fortran subprograms pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran for Win32 only no unixlogical Determines how the compiler treats logical values Fortran Language pgf77 pgf95 pefortran only no unroll Controls loop unrolling Optimization no upcase Determines whether the compiler preserves Fortran Language uppercase letters in identifiers pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only varargs Forces Fortran program units to assume calls are Code Generation to C functions with a varargs type interface pgf77 pgf95 and pefortran only no vect Do don t invoke the code vectorizer Optimization mcmodel medium For use only on 64 bit Linux targets Generates code for the medium memory model in the linux86 64 execution environment Implies Mlarge_arrays 37 Generic PGI Compiler Options Default The compiler generates code for the small memory model Usage The following command line requests position independent code be generated and the option mcmode 1 medi um be passed to the assembler and linker pgfortran mcmodel medium myprog f Description The default small memory model of the linux86 64 environment limits the combined area for a user s object or executable
293. tnzc_pd _mm256_unpackhi_ps _mm256_xor_pd mm256_macc_pd mm256_msub_ps mm256_nmsub_pd _mm256_maddsub_ps _mm_macc_pd _mm_msub_ps _mm_nmsub_pd _mm_maddsub_ps _mm_macc_sd _mm_msub_ss _mm_nmsub_sd _mm256_extractf128_ps _mm256_permute_ps _mm256_permute2f128_si256 mm256_shuffle_pd _mm256_cmp_ps _mm256_insertf128_pd _mm256_dp_ps _mm256_load_ps _mm256_maskload_pd _mm256_maskstore_ps _mm256_min_pd _mm256_movemask_ps _mm256_or_pd _mm256_rsqrt_ps _mm256_setr_pd _mm256_setl_ps mm256_setzero_pd _mm256_sqrt_ps mm256_storeu_pd mm256_stream_ps _mm256_sub_ps _mm256_testc_pd mm256_testnzc_ps _mm256_unpacklo_pd _mm256_xor_ps mm256_macc_ps mm256_nmacc_pd mm256_nmsub_ps _mm256_msubadd_pd _mm_macc_ps _mm_nmacc_pd _mm_nmsub_ps _mm_msubadd_pd _mm_macc_ss _mm_nmacc_sd _mm_nmsub_ss _mm256_extractf128_si256 _mm256_permute2f128_pd mm256_blend_pd mm256_shuffle_ps mm256_round_pd _mm256_insertf128_ps Chapter 8 C C MMX SSE Inline Intrinsics mm256_loadu_pd _mm256_maskload_ps _mm256_max_pd _mm256_min_ps _mm256_mul_pd _mm256_or_ps _mm256_set_pd _mm256_setr_ps _mm256_set_epi32 mm256_setzero_ps _mm256_store_pd mm256_storeu_ps mm256_stream_si256 _mm256_testz_pd _mm256_testc_ps _mm256_unpackhi_pd _mm256_unpacklo_ps _mm256_zeroupper mm256_msub_pd mm256_nmacc_ps _mm256_maddsub_pd _mm256_msubadd_ps _mm_msub_pd _mm_nmacc_ps
294. to 1GB with the Linux kernel managing usage of the second 1GB of address for system routines shared libraries stacks and so on Programs are started at a fixed address and the program can use a single instruction to make most memory references The medium memory model allows for larger than 2GB data areas or bss sections Program units compiled using either mcmodel medium or fpic require additional instructions to reference memory The effect on performance is a function of the data use of the application The mcmode1l medium switch must be used at both compile time and link time to create 64 bit executables Program units compiled for the default small memory model can be linked into medium memory model executables as long as they are compiled with the option fpic or position independent The linux86 64 environment provides static 1ibxxx a archive libraries that are built both with and without fpic and dynamic libxxx so shared object libraries that are compiled with fp ic Using the link switch memode 1 medi um implies the fpic switch and utilizes the shared libraries by default The directory PG1 1inux86 64 lt re1l gt 1ib contains the libraries for building small memory model codes and the directory PG1 1inux86 64 lt rel gt 1libso contains shared libraries for building both fpic and mcmode 1 medi um executables Note mcmode1 medium fpic is not allowed to create shared libraries However you can create static archive
295. tomatically included to enable generation of code optimized for the type of system on which compilation is performed This option enables vectorization with SSE instructions cache alignment and flushz Note Auto selection of the appropriate tp option means that programs built using the fast sse option on a given system are not necessarily backward compatible with older systems Note C C compilers enable Mautoinline with fast Related options O Munroll Mnoframe Mscalarsse Mvect Mcache_align tp M no autoinline fastsse Synonymous with fast flagcheck Causes the compiler to check that flags are correct then exit without any compilation occuring Default The compiler begins a compile without the additional step to first validate that flags are correct Usage In the following example the compiler checks that flags are correct and then exits pgfortran flagcheck myprog f Description Use this option to make the compiler check that flags are correct and then exit If flags are all correct then the compiler returns a zero status No compilation occurs Related options None flags Displays driver options on the standard output Default The compiler does not display the driver options Usage In the following example the user requests information about the known switches pgfortran flags 29 Generic PGI Compiler Options pic Description Use this option to displa
296. torization through innermost loop distribution no short Enable disable short vector operations Enables disables generation of packed SSE instructions for short vector operations that arise from scalar code outside of loops or within the body of a loop iteration simd 1281256 Specifies to vectorize using SIMD instructions and data either 128 bits or 256 bits wide on processors where there is a choice tile Enable tiling blocking over multiple nested loops for more efficient cache utilization Mnovintr instructs the compiler not to perform idiom recognition or introduce calls to hand optimized vector functions Miscellaneous Controls Default For arguments that you do not specify the default miscellaneous options are as follows inform nobounds nolist warn Usage In the following example the compiler includes Fortran source code with the assembly code pgfortran Manno S myprog f In the following example the assembler does not delete the assembly file myprog s after the assembly pass pgfortran Mkeepasm myprog f In the following example the compiler displays information about inlined functions with fewer than approximately 20 source lines in the source file myprog pgfortran Minfo inlin Minline 20 myprog f 93 M Options by Category In the following example the compiler creates the listing file myprog 1st pgfortran Mlist myprog f In the following example array bounds checking i
297. tpil6_ps _mm_cmpge_ss _mm_cvtpul6_ps _mm_cmpneq_ss mm_cvtpi8_ps _mm_cmpnlt_ss _mm_cvtpu8_ps _mm_cmpnle_ss _mm_cvtpi32x2_ps _mm_cmpngt_ss _mm_movehl_ps mm_cmpnge_ss mm_cvtps_pil6 mm_cmpord_ss mm_cvtps_pi8 _mm_cmpunord_ss _mm_shuffle_ps _mm_cmpeq_ps _mm_unpackhi_ps _mm_cmplt_ps _mm_unpacklo_ps _mm_cmple_ps _mm_loadh_pi _mm_cmpgt_ps _mm_storeh_pi _mm_cmpge_ps _mm_loadl_pi _mm_cmpneq_ps mm_storel_pi _mm_cmpnlt_ps _mm_movemask_ps _mm_cmpnle_ps _mm_getcsr _mm_cmpngt_ps mm_cmpnge_ps M_GET_EXCEPTION_STATE M_GET_EXCEPTION_MASK mm_cmpord_ps M_GET_ROUNDING_MODE _mm_cmpunord_ps M_GET_FLUSH_ZERO_MODE _mm_comilt_ss _mm_comile_ss _mm_comigt_ss M M M M _mm_comieq_ss _m M M M M m_setcsr _MM_SET_EXCEPTION_STATE M_SET_EXCEPTION_MASK M_SET_ROUNDING_MODE M_SET_FLUSH_ZERO_MODE Chapter 8 C C MMX SSE Inline Intrinsics _mm_move_ss _mm_extract_pil6 _m_pextrw _mm_insert_pil6 _m_pinsrw _mm_max_pil6 _m_pmaxsw _mm_max_pus _m_pmaxub _mm_min_pil6 _m_pminsw _mm_min_pus _m_pminub _mm_movemask_pi8 _m_pmovmskb _mm_mulhi_pul6 _m_pmulhuw _mm_shuffle_pil6 _m_pshufw _mm_maskmove_si64 _m_maskmovq _mm_avg_pus _m_paveb _mm_avg_pul6 _m_pavew _mm_sad_pu8 _m_psadbw _mm_prefetch _mm_stream_pi _mm_stream_ps _mm_sfence _mm_pause _MM_TRANSPOSE4_ PS 185 SSE Intrinsics 186 Table 8 3 lists the SSE2 intrinsics that PGI supports and that are available in emmintrin h _mm_load_sd _mm_load1
298. tsockopt inet_addr listen recy sendto socket WSAAsyncGetProtoByName WSAAsyncGetServByPort WSACancelBlockingCall WSAIsBlocking WSASetLastError bind GetAcceptExSockaddrs getprotobyname getservbyport htonl inet_ntoa ntohl select setsockopt TransmitFile WSAAsyncGetProtoByNumber WSAAsyncSelect WSACleanup WSARecvEx WSAStartup Chapter 8 C C MMX SSE Inline Intrinsics An intrinsic is a function available in a given language whose implementation is handled specifically by the compiler Typically an intrinsic substitutes a sequence of automatically generated instructions for the original function call Since the compiler has an intimate knowledge of the intrinsic function it can better integrate it and optimize it for the situation PGI provides support for MMX and SSE SSE2 SSE3 SSSE3 SSE4a ABM intrinsics in C C programs Intrinsics make the use of processor specific enhancements easier because they provide a C C language interface to assembly instructions In doing so the compiler manages things that the user would normally have to be concerned with such as register names register allocations and memory locations of data This chapter contains these seven tables associated with inline intrinsics e A table of MMX inline intrinsics mmintrin h A table of SSE inline intrinsics xmmintrin h A table of SSE2 inline intrinsics emmintrin h A table of SSE3 inline intrinsics pmmintrin h A table of SSSE3
299. turn values appear on the top of the floating point register stack there is no difference in the representation of single or double precision values in floating point registers If the function does not return a floating point value then the stack must be empty st 1 st 7 Floating point scratch registers have no specified role in the standard calling sequence These registers must be empty before entry and upon exit from a function EFLAGS The flags register contains the system flags such as the direction flag and the carry flag The direction flag must be set to the forward i e zero direction before entry and upon exit from a function Other user flags have no specified role in the standard calling sequence and are not reserved Floating Point Control Word The control word contains the floating point flags such as the rounding mode and exception masking This register is initialized at process initialization time and its value must be preserved Signals can interrupt processes Functions called during signal handling have no unusual restriction on their use of registers Moreover if a signal handling function returns the process resumes its original execution path with registers restored to their original values Thus programs and compilers may freely use all registers without danger of signal handlers changing their values 117 Linux86 and Win32 Programming Model Function Return Values Functions Returning No Value Fu
300. twice in the same source file IPA will ignore the first appearance F347 Missing ipalib option Interprocedural analysis enabled with the ipacollect ipaanalyze or ipapropagate options requires the ipa1 ib option to specify the library directory W348 Common has different distribution target The array was declared in a common block with a different distribution target in another subprogram W349 Common has different distribution format The array was declared in a common block with a different distribution format in another subprogram W350 Common has different alignment The array was declared in a common block with a different alignment in another subprogram W351 Wrong number of arguments passed to The subroutine or function statement for the given subprogram has a different number of dummy arguments than appear in the call 210 Chapter 9 Messages W352 Wrong number of arguments passed to when bound to The subroutine or function statement for the given subprogram has a different number of dummy arguments than appear in the call to the EXTERNAL name given W353 Subprogram is missing A call to a subroutine or function with this name appears but it could not be found or analyzed I354 Subprogram is not called No calls to the given subroutine or function appear anywhere in the program W355 Missing argument in call to A nonoptional argument is missing in a call to the given subprogram I356
301. type has externa YO limkage vorc ait Q pE polca CO cla Grenn MOR PACE Loja A arror walesa implicit conv is allowed cfront 2 1 Compatibility Mode 144 The following extensions are accepted in cfront 2 1 compatibility mode in addition to the extensions listed in the following section These things were corrected in the 3 0 release of cfront e The dependent statement of an if while do while or for is not considered to define a scope The dependent statement may not be a declaration Any objects constructed within the dependent statement are destroyed at exit from the dependent statement e Implicit conversion from integral types to enumeration types is allowed e Anon const member function may be called for a const object A warning is issued e A const void value may be implicitly converted to a void value e g when passed as an argument e When in determining the level of argument match for overloading a reference parameter is initialized from an argument that requires a non class standard conversion the conversion counts as a user defined conversion This is an outright bug which unfortunately happens to be exploited in some class libraries e When a builtin operator is considered alongside overloaded operators in overload resolution the match of an operand of a builtin type against the builtin type required by the builtin operator is considered a standard conversion in all cases e g even when the type is exactly ri
302. ue of the scalar Essentially the value of the scalar on the last iteration is saved in this case when i N If the loop is parallelized and the scalar is not assigned on every iteration it may be difficult to determine on what iteration t is last assigned without resorting to costly critical sections Analysis allows the compiler to 107 PGI Proprietary Fortran Directive and C C Pragma Summary determine if a scalar is assigned on every iteration thus the loop is safe to parallelize if the scalar is used later An example loop is do i 1 N alae eG gt 0 0 ten ey 0 else C S20 endif A E 2 enddo v t where t is assigned on every iteration of the loop However there are cases where a scalar may be privatizable If it is used after the loop it is unsafe to parallelize Examine this loop N 1 i gt 0 0 tien i where each use of t within the loop is reached by a definition from the same iteration Here t is privatizable but the use of t outside the loop may yield incorrect results since the compiler may not be able to detect on which iteration of the parallelized loop t is assigned last The compiler detects these cases When a scalar is used after the loop but is not defined on every iteration of the loop parallelization does not occur safeptr nosafeptr The pragma safeptr directs the compiler to treat pointer variables of the indicated storage class as safe The pragma nosafeptr directs the
303. ul for programs written for earlier versions of Fortran Msave the compiler assumes that all local variables are subject to the SAVE statement Note that this may allow older Fortran programs to run but it can greatly reduce performance Mnosave the compiler does not assume that all local variables are subject to the SAVE statement Mstandard the compiler flags non ANSI conforming source code Munixlogical directs the compiler to treat logical values as true if the value is non zero and false if the value is zero UNIX F77 convention When Munixlogical is enabled a logical value or test that is non zero is TRUE and a value or test that is zero is FALSE In addition the value of a logical expression is guaranteed to be one 1 when the result is TRUE Mnounixlogical directs the compiler to use the VMS convention for logical values for true and false Even values are true and odd values are false Mupcase the compiler preserves uppercase letters in identifiers With Mupcase the identifiers X and x are different Keywords must be in lower case This selection affects the linking process If you compile and link the same source code using Mupcase on one occasion and Mnoupcase on another you may get two different executables depending on whether the source contains uppercase letters The standard libraries are compiled using the default Mnoupcase Mnoupcase the compiler converts a
304. unction via the stack Structure and Union Arguments Structure and union arguments can be passed to a function in either registers or on the stack The size and type of the structure or union determine how it is passed If a structure or union is larger than 16 bytes it is passed to the function in memory To determine whether a 16 byte or smaller structure or union can be passed to a function in one or two registers examine the first eight bytes of the structure or union The type or types of the structure or union s fields making up these eight bytes determine how these eight bytes will be passed If the eight bytes contain at least one integral type the eight bytes will be passed in the first available general purpose register of the sequence rdi rsi rdx rcx r8 r9 even if non integral types are also present in the eight bytes If the eight bytes only contain floating point types these eight bytes will be passed in the first available XMM register of the sequence from xmm0 to xmm 7 If the structure or union is larger than eight bytes but smaller than 17 bytes examine the type or types of the fields making up the second eight bytes of the structure or union If the eight bytes contain at least one integral type the eight bytes will be passed in the next available general purpose register of the sequence rdi rsi 125 Linux86 64 Programming Model rdx rcx r8 r9 even if non integral types are also present in the eig
305. urns the current value of the file pointer associated with the specified stream ftell64 INTEGER 8 Returns the current value of the file pointer associated with the specified stream gerror STRING Writes system error messages getarg STRING Returns the list of parameters that were passed to the current process when it was started getc INTEGER 4 Retrieves the character at the front of the specified character list or 1 if empty getcwd INTEGER 4 Retrieves the pathname of the current working directory or null if fails Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows Routine Result Description getenv Returns the value of the specified environment variable s getfd INTEGER 4 Returns the file descriptor associated with a Fortran logical unit getgid INTEGER 4 Returns the numerical group ID of the current process getlog STRING Stores the user s login name in NAME If the login name is not found then NAME is filled with blanks getpid INTEGER 4 Returns the process numerical identifier of the current process getuid INTEGER 4 Returns the numerical user ID of the current process gmtime INTEGER 4 Converts and returns the date and time formats to GM Greenwich time as month day and so on hostnm INTEGER 4 Sets or Gets the name of the current host If setting the hostname returns 0 if successful errno if not iargc INTEGER 4 Returns an
306. uteEx Shell_NotifyIcon SHEmptyRecycleBin SHFileOperation SHFreeNameMappings SHGetDiskFreeSpaceEx SHGetFileInfo SHGetNewLinkInfo SHInvokePrinterCommand Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows FindExecutable SHIsFileAvailableOffline IsLFNDrive SHLoadNonloadedIconOverlayldentifiers SHAppBarMessage SHQueryRecycleBin SHCreateProcessAsUserW SHSetLocalizedName ShellAbout WinExecError ShellExecute user32 These are the functions that user32 includes ActivateKeyboardLayout AdjustWindowRect AdjustWindowRectEx AllowSetForegroundWindow AnimateWindow AnyPopup AppendMenu ArrangelconicWindows AttachThreadInput BeginDeferWindowPos BeginPaint BringWindowToTop BroadcastSystemMessage BroadcastSystemMessageEx CallMsgFilter CallNextHookEx CallWindowProc Cascade Windows ChangeClipboardChain ChangeDisplaySettings ChangeDisplaySettingsEx ChangeMenu CharLower CharLowerBuff CharNext CharNextEx CharPrev CharPrevEx CharToOem CharToOemBuff CharUpper CharUpperBuff CheckDlgButton CheckMenultem CheckMenuRadioltem CheckRadioButton ChildWindowFromPoint Child WindowFromPointEx ClientToScreen ClipCursor CloseClipboard CloseDesktop CloseWindow CloseWindowsStation CopyAcceleratorTable CopyCursor Copylcon Copylmage CopyRect CountClipboardFormats CreateAcceleratorTable CreateCaret CreateCursor CreateDesktop CreateDialogIndirectParam CreateDialogParam Createlcon CreatelconFromResource CreatelconFromResourceEx CreatelconIndirect CreateMDIWindow Creat
307. utenv INTEGER 4 Sets the value of the specified environment variable or creates a new environment variable qsort INTEGER 4 Uses quick sort algorithm to sort a table of data randl REAL 4 Provides a method for generating a random number that can be used as the starting point for the rand procedure rand2 REAL 4 Provides a random value between 0 and 1 which is generated using the specified seed value and computed for each returned row when used in the select list random REAL 4 Uses a non linear additive feedback random number generator to return pseudo random numbers in the range of 0 to 25 1 rename INTEGER 4 Renames the specified directory or file Chapter 7 Fortran Module Library Interfaces for Windows Routine Result Description rindex INTEGER 4 Returns the index of the last occurrence of a specific string of characters in a specified string rtc REAL 8 Returns the real time clock value expressed as a number of clock ticks secnds REAL 4 Gets the time in seconds from the real time system clock If the value is zero the time in seconds from midnight is used short INTEGER 2 Converts INTEGER 4 to INTEGER 2 signal INTEGER 4 Specifies the action to take upon delivery of a signal sleep None Puts the calling kernel thread to sleep requiring it to wait for a wakeup to be issued to continue to run Provided for compatibility with older code and s
308. vel is one of the following fatal instructs the compiler to display fatal error messages no file instructs the compiler to print or not print source file names as they are compiled The default is to print the names Minform file inform instructs the compiler to display all error messages inform warn severe and fatal severe instructs the compiler to display severe and fatal error messages warn instructs the compiler to display warning severe and fatal error messages Minstrumentation option specifies the level of instrumentation calls generated This option implies Minfo ccff Mframe opt ion is one of the following level specifies the level of instrumentation calls generated function default generates instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions 97 M Options by Category 98 Just after function entry and just before function exit the following profiling functions are called with the address of the current function and its call site linux86 64 only WOLC 58 Treo LIS uae Cine mole clans a wvolel call sure voiced eyg ororile as Epic voie veais je Woo ecu grs In these calls the first argument is the address of the start of the current function Mkeepasm instructs the compiler to keep the assembly file as compilation continues Normally the assembler deletes this file when it is finished The assembly file has the same filename as the source file
309. xed generates relaxed precision code for those operations that generate a significant performance improvement depending on the target processor The default is Mnofprelaxed which instructs the compiler to not use relaxed precision in the calculation of intrinsic functions Mi4 pgf77 pgf95 and pgfortran only the compiler treats INTEGER variables as INTEGER 4 Mipa lt option gt lt option gt Pass options to the interprocedural analyzer Note Mipa implies 02 and the minimum optimization level that can be specified in combination with Mipa is 02 For example if you specify Mipa 01 on the command line the optimization level is automatically elevated to 02 by the compiler driver Typically as recommended you would use Mipa fast Many of the following suboptions can be prefaced with no which reverses or disables the effect of the suboption if it s included in an aggregate suboption such as Mipa fast The choices of option are no align recognize when targets of a pointer dummy are aligned The default is noalign no arg remove arguments replaced by const ptr The default is noarg no cg generate call graph information for viewing using the pgicg command line utility The default is nocg no const perform interprocedural constant propagation The default is const 86 Chapter 2 Command Line Options Reference except lt func gt used with inline to specify functions which should no
310. xtAlign GetTextCharsetInfo GetTextExtentExPointl GetTextExtentPointl GetViewportExtEx GetWindowOrgEx GradientFill LineDD MaskBlt OffsetClipRgn OffsetWindowOrgEx PathToRegion PlayEnhMetaFileRecord PlgBlt PolyDraw PolylineTo PolyTextOut RealizePalette RectVisible RemoveFontResourceEx RestoreDC ScaleViewportExtEx SelectClipRgn SetAbortProc SetBitmapDimensionEx SetBoundsRect SetColorSpace SetDeviceGammaRamp SetDIBitsToDevice SetICMMode GetPaletteEntries GetPixelFormat GetRasterizerCaps GetROP2 GetSystemPaletteEntries GetTextCharacterExtra GetTextColor GetTextExtentPoint GetTextFace GetViewportOrgEx GetWinMetaFileBits IntersectClipRect LineTo ModifyWorldTransform OffsetRgn PaintRgn Pie PlayMetaFile PolyBezier Polygon PolyPolygon PtInRegion Rectangle RemoveFontMemResourceEx ResetDC RoundRect ScaleWindowExtEx SelectObject SetArcDirection SetBkColor SetBrushOrgEx SetDCBrushColor SetDIBColorTable SetEnhMetaFileBits SetICMProfile 165 Supported Libraries and Modules SetLayout SetMetaFileBitsEx SetPaletteEntries SetPixelV SetROP2 SetTextAlign SetTextJustification SetWindowExtEx SetWorldTransform StretchBlt StrokePath TranslateCharsetInfo UpdateColors welCreateContext welDescribeLayerPlane welGetLayerPaletteEntries welRealizeLayerPalette welSwapLayerBuffers welUseFontOutlines kernel32 SetMapMode SetMetaRgn SetPixel SetPolyFillMode SetStretchBltMode SetTextCharacterExtra
311. y a descriptive alignment I387 IPA array alignments verified Interprocedural analysis has verified that the prescriptive or descriptive alignments of this many array dummy arguments match the alignments of the actual argument I388 IPA array distribution formats propagated Interprocedural analysis has found this many array dummy arguments that could have the transcriptive distribution format replaced by a descriptive format I389 IPA array distribution formats verified Interprocedural analysis has verified that the prescriptive or descriptive distribution formats of this many array dummy arguments match the formats of the actual argument I390 IPA array distribution targets propagated Interprocedural analysis has found this many array dummy arguments that could have the transcriptive distribution target replaced by a descriptive target I391 IPA array distribution targets verified Interprocedural analysis has verified that the prescriptive or descriptive distribution targets of this many array dummy arguments match the targets of the actual argument I392 IPA common blocks optimized Interprocedural analysis has found this many common blocks that could be optimized 213 Fortran Compiler Error Messages 214 I393 IPA common blocks not optimized Interprocedural analysis has found this many common blocks that could not be optimized either because the common block was not declared in the main program or because it w
312. y driver options on the standard output When you use this option with y in addition to the valid options the compiler lists options that are recognized and ignored Related options HHt v Linux only Generates position independent code suitable for inclusion in shared object dynamically linked library files Default The compiler does not generate position independent code Usage In the following example the resulting object file myprog o can be used to generate a shared object S PSMOKCKSI iPS Moo E Linux only Use the fpic option to generate position independent code suitable for inclusion in shared object dynamically linked library files Related options shared fPIC G R fPIC G 24 Linux only Equivalent to fpic Provided for compatibility with other compilers Linux only Instructs the linker to produce a shared object file Default The compiler does not instruct the linker to produce a shared object file Usage In the following example the linker produces a shared object file pgfortran G myprog f Description Linux only Use this option to pass information to the linker that instructs the linker to produce a shared object file Related options fpic shared R Instructs the compiler to include symbolic debugging information in the object module Default The compiler does not put debugging information into the object module Usage In the following exam
313. y model for certain 64 bit applications that manage their own memory space For more information refer tothe Programming Considerations for 64 Bit Enviornments chapter of the PGI Compiler User s Guide Mmpi option Mmp i adds the include and library options to the compile and link commands necessary to build an MPI application using MPI header files and libraries To use Mmpi you must have a version of MPI installed on your system This option tells the compiler to use the headers and libraries for the specified version of MPI On Windows PGI compilers and tools support Microsoft s implementation of MPI MS MPI This version of MPI is available with Microsoft s HPC Pack 2008 SDK RIM SP1 SP2 or HPC Pack 2008 R2 MS MPI Redistributable Package SP3 SP4 The Mmpi options are as specified e Mmpi mpichl Selects preconfigured MPICH 1 communication libraries e Mmpi mpich2 Selects preconfigured MPICH 2 communication libraries e Mmpi msmpi Select Microsoft MS MPI libraries e Mmpi mvapich1 Linux only Selects default MVAPICH communication libraries that are available only from the PGI Cluster Development Kit 71 M Options by Category For more information on these options refer to the chapter Using MPI in PVF in the PGI Compiler User s Guide Note On Linux the user can set the environment variables MPIDIR and MP ILIBNAME to override the default locations for the MPI directory and librar
314. y name On Windows the user can set the environment variables MSMPIINC MS either MSMP LINC MSMP ILIB32 and MSMPILIB64 to override the default location for the directory associated with using MS MPI For Mmpi msmpi to work the ccP_HOME environment variable must be set When the Microsoft HPC Pack 2008 SDK is installed this variable is typically set to point to the MS MPI library directory Mnolarge_arrays Disable support for 64 bit indexing and single static data objects larger than 2GB in size When placed after mcmode1 medium on the command line disables use of 64 bit indexing for applications that have no single data object larger than 2GB Mnomain Instructs the compiler not to include the object file that calls the Fortran main program as part of the link step This option is useful for linking programs in which the main program is written in C C and one or more subroutines are written in Fortran pgf77 pgf95 pgfortran only M no movnt Instructs the compiler to generate nontemporal move and prefetch instructions even in cases where the compiler cannot determine statically at compile time that these instructions will be beneficial M no pre enables or disables partial redundancy elimination Mprof option option Set performance profiling options Use of these options causes the resulting executable to create a performance profile that can be viewed and analyzed with the PGPROF performance prof
315. ype of the structure or union determine how it is returned A structure or union is returned in memory if it is larger than 8 bytes or if its size is 3 5 6 or 7 bytes A structure or union is returned in rax if its size is 1 2 4 or 8 bytes If a structure or union is to be returned in memory the caller provides space for the return value and passes its address to the function as a hidden first argument in rcx This address will also be returned in rax Argument Passing Integral and Pointer Arguments Integral and pointer arguments are passed to a function using the next available register of the sequence rcx rdx r8 r9 After this list of registers has been exhausted all remaining integral and pointer arguments are passed to the function via the stack Floating Point Arguments Float and double arguments are passed to a function using the next available XMM register of the sequence xmm0 xmm1 xmm2 xmm3 After this list of registers has been exhausted all remaining XMM floating point arguments are passed to the function via the stack Array Structure and Union Arguments Arrays and strings are passed to functions using a pointer to caller allocated memory 135 Win64 Programming Model Structure and union arguments of size 1 2 4 or 8 bytes will be passed as if they were integers of the same size Structures and unions of other sizes will be passed as a pointer to a temporary allocated by the caller and whos

PGI Compiler Reference Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents